FirstRanker Logo

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice is a hub of Question Papers & Study Materials for B-Tech, B.E, M-Tech, MCA, M.Sc, MBBS, BDS, MBA, B.Sc, Degree, B.Sc Nursing, B-Pharmacy, D-Pharmacy, MD, Medical, Dental, Engineering students. All services of FirstRanker.com are FREE

📱

Get the MBBS Question Bank Android App

Access previous years' papers, solved question papers, notes, and more on the go!

Install From Play Store

Download MBA Finance 4th Semester Financial Derivatives

Download MBA Finance (Master of Business Administration) 4th Semester Financial Derivatives

This post was last modified on 14 March 2022

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The past decade has witnessed an explosive growth in the use of financial

derivatives by a wide range of corporate and financial institutions. This growth has
run in parallel with the increasing direct reliance of companies on the capital
markets as the major source of long-term funding. In this respect, derivatives have

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a vital role to play in enhancing shareholder value by ensuring access to the
cheapest source of funds. Furthermore, active use of derivative instruments allows
the overall business risk profile to be modified, thereby providing the potential to
improve earnings quality by offsetting undesired risks

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Despite the clear benefits that the use of derivatives can offer, too often the

public and shareholder perception of these instruments has been coloured by the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

intense media coverage of financial disasters where the use of derivatives has been
blamed. The impression is usually given that these losses arose from extreme
complex and difficult to understand financial strategies. The reality is quite
different. When the facts behind the well-reported disasters are analyzed almost
invariably it is found that the true source of losses was a basic organizational

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

weakness or a failure to observe some simple business controls.



The corollary to this observation is that derivatives can indeed be used

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


safely and successfully provided that a sensible control and management strategy is
established and executed. Certainly, a degree of quantitative pricing and risk
analysis may be needed, depending on the extent and sophistication of the
derivative strategies employed. However, detailed analytic capabilities are not the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

key issue. Rather, successful execution of a derivatives strategy and of business
risk management in general relies much more heavily on having a sound
appreciation of qualitative market and industry trends and on developing a solid
organisation, infrastructure and controls. Within a sound control framework, the
choice of a particular quantitative risk management technique is very much a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

secondary concern. The objective of this chapter is to examine the growth of
financial derivatives in world markets and to analyse the impact of these financial
derivatives on the monetary policy.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



1


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES: RECENT TRENDS



Changing interest rate and exchange rate expectations, new highs reached by

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


equity markets and the sharp reversal of leveraged positions in the latter part of
1998 stimulated activity in derivatives markets in 1998. Exchange-traded business
soared in the third quarter of 1998 as investors withdrew from risky assets and
shifted their exposure towards highly rated and liquid government securities.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Competition between exchanges remained intense, particularly in Europe, where the
imminence of the euro and the inexorable advance of automated exchanges
challenged the dominance of established marketplaces. Moreover, exchanges
continued to face competition from the rapidly growing over the counter (OTC)
markets, forcing them to offer a wider range of services to make up for the loss of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their franchises. The sharp increase in OTC outstanding positions in the second half
of 1998 showed that the need for a massive reversal of exposures following the
Russian moratorium more than offset the dampening impact of increased concerns
about liquidity and counter party risks. Nevertheless, the turbulence and related
losses revealed the weaknesses of existing risk management systems in periods of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extreme volatility and vanishing liquidity, prompting market participants to
reconsider their risk models and internal control procedures.

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Exchange-traded instruments



The aggregate turnover of financial contracts expanded further in 1998 (by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


9%, to $388 trillion). Interest rate products, which remained by far the most
actively traded, experienced a sustained increase in activity and reached to $350
trillion. Uncertainty over the course of monetary polity in Europe and North
America supported trading in short-term interest rate contracts for much of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1998, while the flight towards highly rated and liquid government paper boosted
activity along most of the yield curve in the second half of 1998. There was,
however, a decline in turnover towards the end of 1998 owing to the calming effect
of lower official rates, the withdrawal of leveraged investors and the paring-down
of positions ahead of EMU. Contracts on equity indices continued to record much

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

faster growth than interest rate products (=16%, to $34 trillion) as new indices were
introduced and bouts of downward market pressure and volatility prompted
investors to seek protection. In contrast, the wide fluctuations seen in the major


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2
currency pairs were not accompanied by an overall upturn of activity in currency-
related contracts (-17%, to $3.5 trillion). Aside from the continuing dominance of
OTC business in the management of currency risk, observers attributed this subdued
activity on exchanges to the stability of European cross rates and investors

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

reluctance to take positions in emerging market currencies.



The CBOT remained the largest exchange in the world (with a 16% increase

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


in the number of contracts traded, to 281 million), owing to the sharp rise in the
turnover of US Treasury contracts and the growth of new equity index products.
The CME and the CBOE, the next largest US exchanges, also reported an increase
in activity (by13% and 11% respectively, to 227 million and 207 million contracts).

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

In Europe, Eurex Germany (formerly the DTB) posted a new record (+87%, to 210
million) and overtook LIFFE as the third busiest marketplace in the world. The
flight t quality in the second half of 1998 propelled its bund futures contract into
third position in the interest rate category after US Treasury bond and Eurodollar
contracts. However, the squeeze which occurred in German government bonds at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the time of the turmoil created concerns that the underlying market might not be
sufficiently large to support futures trading in periods of stress. Meanwhile, overall
activity on LIFFE declined (by 7% to 194 million), as increases in the area of short-
tern interest rate products and in some equity-related products were more than offset
by a contraction in government bond instruments. In particular, the exchange`s

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

bund contract dried up as trading migrated to Eurex`s cheaper electronic system.
Despite strong advances in technology; trading on MATIF fell sharply 9 ?31%, to
52 million contracts in a context of reduced relative movements between
continental European interest rates.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



The anticipated consolidation in European interest rate instruments spurred

the introduction of plethora of euro-compatible contracts, creating concerns that, in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the drive to innovate, liquidity might suffer. Another notable development in
Europe was the significant increase in the trading of equity-related products, which
benefited from attempts to introduce a variety of new pay-European equity indices
and contracts, as well as the reduction in the unit value of certain options. Activity
in the Pacific rim was generally subdued, particularly in Japan, where; despite some

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

trading opportunities provided by the Japan premium, the record low level of
interest rate (except for a short period at year-end) reduced the demand for interest
rate hedging. There was a tentative recovery in other Asian markets due t more
active trading of equity-related contracts. Nevertheless, activity in Asian and other
emerging markets remains a fraction of that in industrial countries in values terms.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




3

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The battle for European market share took a dramatic new turn as exchanges

that had been based primarily on open outcry, such as LIFFE and MATIF,
surrendered to the relentless expansion of screen-based trading. The agreement

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

between the Deutsche Borse (DB) and the London Stock Exchange in July, 1998
while focusing on the cash trading of securities, also accentuated pressures for
consolidation and for new regional links. US exchanges, for their part, entered into
a number of joint ventures with wholesale market brokers and specialized IT firms
to introduce electronic facilities for the joint trading of government securities and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

related derivative. With the rapid development of trading technology, the battle for
supremacy is gradually shifting from the listing of new contracts to the
technological arena, to the benefit of a small number of cost-efficient hubs. In this
respect, it is worth noting that the proprietary systems of core electronic exchanges
are already being challenged by new generation trading systems that permit the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

interconnection of different exchange-traded and OTC facilities (in particular, via
the internet). The growing importance of screen-based facilities cutting across
product and market segments is creating new challenges for regulators wishing to
ensure the soundness and transparency of such systems.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Over-the-counter instruments



Following a pause in 1997, expansion resumed in OTC instruments in 1998.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Although the rise in notional amounts of positions outstanding (76%) was inflated
by the increases in the number of dealers, the adjusted rate of growth remained
significantly higher than the rise in open interest on exchanges (35% and 9%
respectively). In particular, the unwinding of leveraged positions which took place

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

in the second half of 1998 led to an upsurge in the volume outstanding (since, in
contrast to futures markets, existing positions are not extinguished by the writing of
opposite contracts). However, concerns about credit risk led to a sharp cutback in
credit line to weaker counter parties towards the end of 1998 thus acting as a
damper on overall market expansion. The activity in interest rate products was the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

main driving force. Faced with heavy losses, proprietary traders and leveraged
funds unwound their positions, inter alia through asset swapsand structured
securities. In addition, the unusual revolution of Japanese interbank rates and bond
yields towards the end of 1998 generated some trading. As Japanese banks faced
new upward pressures on their interbank liabilities, western-based banks began to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

offer negative rates on yen-dominated deposits, prompting a reversal of outstanding
yen swaps and some activity in interest rate floors.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


4


In the area of cross-currency derivatives the fairly steady appreciation of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


dollar against the yen until August, 1998 fuelled activity in related options,
offsetting somewhat the decline in intra-European business and emerging market
currencies. Thereafter, the massive deliver aging of positions in dollar-denominated
securities was associated with a parallel unwinding of short yen positions, leading

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

to record volatility in the major exchange rates and a drying-up of activity. There
was, however, some improvement in non-Japanese Asian business, as the
appreciation of local currencies and the recovery of stock markets allowed a gradual
relaxation of monetary policy and a partial resumption of trading in forward
contracts.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




In the market for credit derivatives, the crisis in Asia had already focused

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the attention of market participants on the issue of credit risk, but its global
extension in the second half of 1998 subjected the market to conflicting influences.
On the one hand, concerns about banks` exposure to highly leveraged institutions
and emerging market countries created broad interest in instruments offering
protection against counterparty risk. On the other hand, the pronounced widening of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

credit spreads for emerging market names led intermediaries to exhibit caution in
providing hedges to lower-rated entities. Moreover, market sources reported that
liquidity suffered from doubts about the adequacy of loan documentation, as
highlighted by legal disputes between counterparties over hedges arranged on credit
exposure to Russia. Buyers of protection faced difficulties in enforcing payment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

owing to disagreements over the definition of a credit event, the pricing of reference
credits and the settlement of contracts.


INTERMARKET LINKAGES AND TRANSPARENCY

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




OTC derivatives markets at end-June 1998 provide a snapshot of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

situation prevailing just before the Russian debt moratorium. Four features are of
particular significance in the context of subsequent events. First, notional amounts
showed that exposure to changes in interest rates in OTC derivatives markets,
which was four times that in exchange-traded markets, was the main source of
market risk in the derivatives industry. Such interest-rate-related exposure

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

accounted for two-thirds of the $72 trillion of OTC aggregate notional amounts
outstanding reported at end-June 1998 (and for 90% of the $14 trillion on
exchanges). It should be noted, however, that the development of sophisticated
trading strategies, the related expansion of cross-market linkages and regulatory

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



5
arbitrage may have reduced the meaningfulness of aggregate data on individual
market risk categories. For instance, the high capital costs of cross-currency swaps

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

have resulted in their replication through a combination of interest rate and short-
term foreign exchange swaps. This means that the build-up of currency exposure is
not accurately reflected in data on cross-currency swaps.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Second, the national amounts of interest rate and currency-related positions

in OTC derivatives markets are now comparable to total cash positions in global
banking and securities markets. Notional amounts are generally used as a reference
to calculate cash flows under individual contracts. As such, they enable a rough

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

comparison of the potential transfer of market risk in cash and derivatives markets,
but they do not provide an accurate measure of the gains and losses incurred in such
a transfer A better indicator is the gross market value of OTC contracts, which
measures the replacement cost of all outstanding contracts had thy been closed on
the reporting date. Such replacement costs stood at $2.6 trillion at end-June 1998

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(or 3.6% of the notional amounts).



Third, financial institutions other than reporting dealers have become an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


important class of counter parties (accounting for 41% of the total notional
amounts), reflecting the rise to prominence of institutional and leveraged investors.
Anecdotal evidence abounded, even before the LTCM debacle that such
intermediaries had built up large positions aimed at profiting from the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

divergence/convergence of yields and volatility in a variety of fixed income
instruments. Indeed, as arbitrate opportunities narrowed, the growing pursuit of
such strategies led to an ever-increasing degree of leverage in order to achieve
acceptable returns. One widely favoured strategy was the yen carry trade, which
involved taking short positions in the yen money markets and long positions in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

higher-yielding assets in other currencies. The unwinding of such positions in the
wake of the Russian moratorium in August, 1998 large repayments of yen
liabilities, and apparently precipitated the very sharp appreciation of the yen in
September and early October, 1998. Although these strategies were widespread,
they could not be directly captured by existing statistics owing to the variety of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

channels used to achieve the required exposure to market and/or credit risk.
Nevertheless, the strong growth of forex swaps, yen currency options and interest
rate swaps since 1995 suggests that the yen carry trade evolved from an initial focus
on the cash market to include a wide range of derivative instruments.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Finally, after allowing for the effect of netting arrangement on gross positive

market values of contracts, the credit exposure of institutions arising from their

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

undertaking of OTC derivatives positions stood at $1.2 trillion at end-June


6
1998.While this was considerably smaller than on-balance sheet exposure, with

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

hindsight it appears that this figure seriously underestimated potential credit risk.
The LTCM episode may help illustrate this point. LTCM, whose strategy consisted
in exploiting price, differentials between wide varieties of financial market assets
was perhaps the world`s single most active user of interest rate swaps. By August
1998, $750 billion of its total notional derivatives exposure of more than $1 trillion

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

was in such swaps with about 50 counter parties around the world, with none being
aware of LTCM`s overall exposure. This swap exposure represented more than 5%
of the total reported to central banks by dealers vis-?-vis other financial
institutions. While the current credit exposure of its counter parties was fully
collateralized, these had taken no protection against the potential increases in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

exposures resulting from changes in market values. Only when LTCM`s dire
situation became known in September, 1998 did counterparties start to seek
additional collateral. The fund`s efforts to raise cash by selling its most liquid
securities were felt in markets around the world, transmitting the shock wave from
low-rated and illiquid securities to benchmark instruments.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Thus, even if the Russian default was the trigger, the turmoil of 1998

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

stemmed primarily from the build-up of excessively large and concentrated
exposures to customers who proved to be more vulnerable to market, credit and
liquidity risks than had been supposed. The crisis also revealed the inadequacy of
information supplied by leveraged investors on the extent of their market risk
exposures, the nature of their trading strategies and the validity of their risk

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

management methodologies. While collateral may have provided participants with a
sense of protection against the associated credit risk the unexpectedly high degree
of interlinkage between positions and intermediaries destabilized even the most
highly rated and liquid securities. This showed that core financial markers are
insulated less than ever from crises that appear at the periphery of the system since

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

then, lending institutions have begun to review their models` assumptions and to put
greater emphasis on stress testing and fundamental analysis.


GLOBAL FINANCIAL INTEGRATION: FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


THE MONETARY POLICY



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



In the past two decades the world has moved even closer together. This has

been brought about not only by the dismantling of various regulatory barriers but

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

also, and in particular, by technical innovations. Global networking is no longer a
mere metaphor for worldwide activities but now describes in very literal terms the
advances in information and communication technology which have been a major


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7
driving force behind internationalization in many areas of life, but especially in the
economy. Within the economic sector, in turn, it is in the financial markets that
globalization has been particularly dynamic.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



The far reaching changes brought about in the financial markets by

innovation in the field of computer technology are layed out in the immaterial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

character of the goods traded in these markets. Now-a-days, financial transactions
are as a rule settled through electronic book-keeping operations and thus much more
swiftly and cheaply than before the time of computers. New standards have been
set, and not only for the execution of financial transactions. There has also been a
huge increase in the quantity of available information ? and hence the input for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

investment decisions ? as well as in the speed at which it is processed. Finally,
globalization not only stands for product and process innovation, but has also
brought institutional investors into the limelight as a special species of financial
market players.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Financial innovation, internationalization and institutionalization of

investment activities are different but ultimately inseparable aspects of the radical

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

fundamental changes in the financial sector. The markets for financial derivatives ?
futures and options ? can be regarded as the epitome of these new structures. The
infrastructure of derivatives markets is geared to international transactions. Trading
is as a rule fully computerized, so that portfolio switching can be effected on a large
scale within the shortest possible time regardless of geography. The contract

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

volumes and trading practices are tailored to the professional market players.
Bearing this in mind, it is not surprising that the derivatives markets are
characterized by exceptionally high degrees of internationality. According to the
findings of the first global survey of derivatives business, which was carried out by
the BIS in the spring of 1995, about half the daily turnover in OTC interest and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

currency derivatives, amounting to an average nominal value of over US$ 800
billion, is accounted for by cross-border transactions.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

It was not only the industrial countries, with their highly developed and

rapidly growing financial markets that benefited from the strong increase in
international capital flows. Capital on a considerable scale also has flown to the
emerging markets since the end of the eighties after their sources of funds had

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

almost dried up in the wake of the international debt crisis. According to the
World Bank, aggregated net inflows of resources to the developing countries
increased from US$ 85 billion to over US$ 250 billion between 1989 and 1996.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


8


The marked increase in international financial flows, the growing speed at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


which financial transactions are settled and the considerable turnover volumes show
the momentum and market forces can gather in an environment largely free from
regulation. It is especially this extremely strong dynamism ? which according to the
critics is reflected in particular in a growing volatility of the financial markets ?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

which is seen as evidence of the fact that the financial sector has now increasingly
distanced itself from the real sector of the economy. What is then more natural than
reducing the susceptibility of financial markets to abrupt changes in investors`
perception by regulating measures?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



As even leading economists are warning of the dangers of vagabond

financial flows, it is not surprising if sociologists and political pundits use this

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

skepticism to launch a general attach on globalization. The fear generated in this
way can easily be exploited politically. Whereas formerly it was the gnomes of
Zurich, now it is the comparison with AIDS which is cited to demonstrate the
danger of stateless financial capital. A contributory factor here may be that for the
economic layman it is not easy to correctly interpret the inconceivably high

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

amounts ? especially if one is not interested in doing so. A case in point illustrating
the abuse of statistics is the derivatives markets. According to the findings of the
aforementioned BIS survey, the nominal value of derivatives contracts outstanding
worldwide amounted to US$40,000 billion. Such a virtually incomprehensible
figure is well-suited to kindle the fear of financial markets with their uncontrolled

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

growth ? in fact, so well-suited that in most cases no mention is made of the fact
that the market value of these contracts ? which gives an idea of the actual payment
lows ?a US$ 1,700 billion, amounts for not even 5% of that amount.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The central bank observe and analyse these developments without agitation,

but very attentively. This is necessary, if only because the central banks are
particularly affected by these changes. Monetary policy measures are focused on the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

financial markets and use these as channels through which monetary impulses are
transmitted. Given financial market players` global scope for action and the
associated alternatives, it is by no means a matter of course that monetary policy
can always affect financial market conditions in the manner intended. Moreover, the
central bank depends on its measures influencing expenditure and price decisions ?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

i.e. real transactions ? as desired. If the real and monetary spheres are (partially)
detached, this can radically change monetary policy makers` scope for intervention.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Retracing the evolutionary development, so to speak, of monetary policy ?

beginning with archaic forms of direct monetary control by means of credit


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

9
ceilings and administratively set interest rates, moving on to the increasing use of
indirect control mechanisms in still largely segmented markets and finally to a
global financial system ? one could thus conclude that monetary policy is drifting
ever close towards ultimate impotence. Diametrically opposed to this view is the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

observation that now the financial markets are evidently responding more
sensitively than ever before to possible changes in the stance of central bank policy;
the research departments of the institutional investors are incessantly trying to
figure out, at a huge expense of time and money, what the future course of the
central bank will be. If it really were ineffective, monetary policy would hardly be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the focus of so much attention. Is it more reasonable, therefore, to conclude, in
direct contradiction to the theory of impotence, that monetary policy makers now
have great international leverage and thus exert even more influence than they did
in the past?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Importence of monetary policy makers in an environment of globalised

markets The importance of monetary policy has been bemoaned in the past in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

completely different circumstances. The central banks, for example, indeed almost
completely lost control over their currencies stock under the system of a fixed
exchange rate to the US dollar and unlimited obligatory intervention. There was no
talk yet of the globalization of the financial markets, derivative instruments and the
predominance of institutional investors at the time. It was not until the floating of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the exchange rate vis-?-vis the dollar that the central banks were able to develop and
successfully implement their strategy of monetary targeting. Monetary policy in the
sense of controlling the national inflation rate is thus only at all possible if specific
institutional requirements are met.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Renewed debate about the effectiveness or ineffectiveness of monetary

policy is concerned with something else. The question now is: in an environment of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

globalised financial markets, is the central bank able to influence the price level in
the currency area in accordance with its own objectives even if the institutional
requirements ? above all the protection of the economy against external constraints
? are met ? (Let us leave aside the special case of small, open economies in this
context). The answer is basically yes, for the monetary policy lever is effective as

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

long as there is an adequate demand for central bank money generated by non-
banks` demand for currency, and if appropriate, minimum reserves are required to
be held on interbank money. No direct risk to this leverage capability is posed by
the globalization of the financial markets.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




10

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


This may be illustrated more clearly using financial derivatives as an

example. In economic terms, derivatives make it possible to trade market price risk
separately ? without buying or selling the underlying instrument ? and consequently

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

with a much lower input of liquidity and capital. The isolation of risks allows the
features profile of financial contracts and the risk structure of individual portfolios
to be designed very much more flexibly. In the final analysis, derivatives help to
implement the financial markets and bring the financial sector closer to a world of
perfect markets in the sense of the Arrow-Debreu model. To this extent, they can be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

regarded as pointing the way for future innovation trends and are therefore also
predestined to be a benchmark for assessing the monetary policy implications of
globalization.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


From a monetary point standpoint, it is essential that financial derivatives

basically do not affect the central bank`s note issuing monopoly (which as a rule is
incorporated in law) and thus cannot compete with the central bank as the supplier

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of central bank money. The demand for central bank money, too, is basically
preserved. It is true that derivatives make it possible to flexibly manage risk
positions and thus to insure against a variety of contingencies. But even in the
theoretical ideal state of complete hedging possibilities, this would not affect the
central bank`s ability to control inflation by controlling central bank money.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




From the fact that national monetary policy continues to be basically

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

effective, it follows immediately that differences between individual currency areas
in the movement of the price level may continue to exist. Moreover, there are of
course also other country-specific characteristics, such as the size of the economy
and its degree of diversification and hence its ability to absorb shocks, or the stance
of fiscal policy. All these factors result in internationally largely standardized

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

financial instruments ? such as government bonds with a ten-year maturity or
futures contract traded on them ? having differing country-specific risk profiles.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The differing country-specific risk profiles of financial assets have two

implications. Firstly, international diversification of financial assets makes it
possible to reduce the portfolio risk, as country-specific non-systemic risks can
ideally be diversified to such an extent that only the global systemic risk and the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

exchange risk remain. By structuring assets appropriately, investors basically have
the possibility of an interposal smoothing of consumption flows and a simultaneous
extension of the range of available investment projects. The resulting wealth-
increasing effects of the internationalization of the financial markets are therefore
largely undisputed. For the rest, there is good reason to believe that the existing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11
scope for diversification is far from having been fully utilized. Studies suggest at
any rate that investment decisions are still marked by a considerable home bias on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the part of investors.



The second implication concerns monetary policy direct and explains to a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


large extent why so much attention is paid in the markets to the central bank`s
actions : If (relative) risks play a crucial role in the valuation of financial assets and
portfolio decisions, it is important to predict price-relevant events as precisely as
possible. Market participants` expectations regarding the inflation outlook are a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

major part of this calculation. As long as players in the international financial
markets believe that monetary policy has a systematic influence on the price level in
the domestic currency area, that policy in principle also has an impact on
international capital flows. One cannot therefore talk of the impotence of monetary
policy.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




A characteristic feature of the globalization process is that market players`

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

expectations are playing an ever increasing role. Institutional investors are an
important group of market players for whom it is worthwhile; due to the economies
of scale available to them, to apply resources on a large scale to processing
information and to resort to portfolio shifting in response to even minor changes in
expectations. With derivatives they have instruments at their disposal which allow

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

incurring positions in the financial markets at particularly low cost. The
combination of innovation and professionalisation thus results in the increased
sensitivity of financial markets to expectations. In principle, this should be
considered a positive development, for it basically implies that more information
affects prices more promptly.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




However, one must not overlook the fact that certain incentive structures in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

portfolio management ? such as the measurement of one`s own portfolio
performance relative to the market ? may encourage parallel behaviour and
contribute to increasing short-term price fluctuations in the financial markets.
Although the empirical evidence of the trend of volatility does not provide any clear
results so far there is hardly any evidence of a general and sustained increase in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

financial market volatility. Recent experiences suggest that while periods of high
volatility are more frequent now, price fluctuations on a longer-term average have
not increased significantly.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


That raises the question of the extent to which the monetary policy latitude

must be redefined i.e., the depth the different levels which define the central bank`s

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


12
latitude. Specifically, the question is to what extent the stability of the financial
markets is affected by the process of internationalization, which transmission
channels the central bank can and should use, and what bearing this has on the use

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of monetary policy instruments.



Interdependence between monetary policy and macroeconomic

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


stability: A close mutual relationship exists between the financial system and the
central bank`s measures. On the one hand, for monetary policy makers the financial
markets represent a given institutional arrangement in a given situation. To that
extent the central bank is a dependent agent, and in implementing its policy it must

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

take due account of these underlying conditions. On the other hand, the financial
sector of a country also reflects the specific impact of monetary policy measures
and thus of past central bank policy.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Stable financial market conditions can develop only in an environment of

monetary stability. Or, to put it another way : a monetary policy stance which is not
in a position to ensure an adequate degree of price stability and to keep inflation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

expectations at a low level will inevitably prompt efforts to evade these
uncertainties, if possible, in order to avoid or at least limit the resulting
disadvantages. Viewed from this single, monetary instability can be the driving
force behind the emergence of all kinds of hedging instruments in the domestic
financial markets. In a world of globalised decisions, other currency areas, too,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

which are marketed by a higher degree of monetary stability, may be seen as an
alternative. Stability based on a country`s own efforts does not therefore provide
protection against the transmission of disruptions produced by unstable foreign
markets.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



In seeking to ensure stable financial market conditions, monetary policy

makers are thus faced with a dual task: firstly, it is important to prevent structural

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

disruptions and inefficiencies being caused by evasive innovation within the
national currency area, and secondly, instabilities ? say, in the form of sharp price
fluctuations in the financial markets-caused by volatile cross-border capital
movements must be counteracted.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



The thrust of monetary policy aimed at safeguarding domestic stability, as

defined in this sense, seems basically unambiguous: inflation expectations, and thus

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the incentives for evasive reaction, can be minimized by a consistent non-
inflationary monetary policy. On the external flank, however, such a policy does not
provide unconditional protection against tensions because large-scale and sudden


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

13
capital movements may be sparked off by a change in the country`s relative stability
position. In other words, disruptions may also be caused by a flight to quality on
account of deterioration, in relative terms, of inflation expectations in other
countries, and can confront domestic monetary policy makers with a situation which

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

is often described, rather rashly, as a confidence trap. As a result, there may be
increasing pressure to counteract the external imbalances ? in the form say, of a
sharp appreciation of the domestic currency ? by monetary policy measures.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Such a policy course seems extremely risky, for it sacrifices the stabilization

of inflation expectations at a low absolute level for the sake of a relative orientation
and may even be towed along by excessive speculative market movements. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

consequences may be serious : a massive loss of confidence in monetary policy may
be caused when the response to changed external conditions is interpreted as a
departure from the counter-inflationary policy. At the same time, this may also
trigger evasive reactions in the domestic markets which will lead to hitherto stable
basic monetary relationships being eroded and ultimately the ground for the longer-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

term anchoring of expectations being lost.



Monetary policy makers cannot stand idly by in the event of extreme

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


disruptions. However, they must proceed with utmost care and, above all, be aware
of their limits. In the longer run, real capital market rates and real exchange rates
which are ultimately decisive are beyond the central bank`s control. Yet in the short
term, too, any attempt to gear monetary policy to varying objectives will soon be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

recognized by market participants, thwarted by corresponding counter-movements
and in the end possibly be neutralized. Incidentally, it would probably be
completely pointless to try and reduce short-term price fluctuations by purely
discretionary, supposedly smoothing intervention in the market. Such action would
have to be interpreted by market participants as a downright invitation to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

speculation. The only suitable approach for avoiding excess volatility is to
forestall expectations uncertainties as much as possible.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The stabilization of market expectations also seems appropriate in order to

counteract the detachment of the real sector from the monetary sector and limit the
real economic costs caused by disruption in the financial markets. If continued
excessive price movements and increased risk premiums occur on account of highly

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

uncertain expectations, this impedes growth of the real economy through
misallocation. This is also one reason why the risk of short term disruptions of the
financial system ? with corresponding adverse feedback effects on the real economy
? has tended to increase on account of the risk concentration on individual market

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


14
players with the wider use of derivatives. This not only calls for a non-inflationary
monetary policy, but poses new challenges to banking and financial market
supervisors. This is true, for instance, in terms of limiting and controlling market

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

price risks or ensuring adequate market transparency.



There is no alternative to a consistent counter-inflationary monetary policy

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


stance, especially in a system of open financial markets. The unambiguous
commitment of a growing number of central banks to the objective of general price
stability and the successes scored in combating inflation in recent years are clear
indications that this fact is being recognized to an ever increasing extent worldwide.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

One reason for this is no doubt that inflation has clearly shown its ugly facein the
form of risk spreads and high interest rates precisely because of the
internationalization of financial markets. This experience has really inspired the
fight against inflation.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Increased complexity of the transmission mechanism: The concept of the

transmission mechanism of monetary policy was for a long time marked by the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

notion that interest rate measures taken by the central bank impact on the national
financial markets, which are more or less hermetically sealed off from external
factors, and that they trigger parallel movements of domestic interest rates over the
whole maturity range. This simple, mechanistic idea of the effect of monetary
policy impulses has probably never been correct and must be basically rethought in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

two respects in the light of the globalization of financial markets. Firstly, as a result
of the internationalization of capital flows, interest rate stimuli imparted by the
central bank are also increasingly being transmitted through the exchange rate
channel. Secondly ? as mentioned ? market participants` expectations are now
much more significant than they used to be.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The complexity of the transmission of monetary policy impulses has

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

undoubtedly increased with the globalization of the financial markets. In this
connection, derivatives may be cited once again as an example; by raising the
flexibility of the risk profile, they also enhance the exchangeability between
domestic and foreign financial assets. Monetary impulses then diffuse over a
correspondingly broader range of markets. The scope for discretionary action

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

narrows in this environment if only because the transmission channels are even
more difficult to identify than before and the effect of such action can virtually not
be calculated.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

It seems that it is not so much the number of transmission channels with

their ramifications ? i.e. the markets and the available alternative investment
facilities ? which is significant for a monetary policy stance that is consistent with
the target, but rather the fact that the expectation bias of the financial markets is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

constantly increasing. With a view to the transmission process it implies two things.
Firstly, the impact of monetary policy is transmitted largely through confidence
effects. A discretionary departure from a counter-inflationary course is penalized
more quickly and harshly ? by capital outflows and rising interest rates. Secondly,
expectation uncertainties are more quickly translated into market action and are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

more likely to lead to periods of high price volatility.



Of key importance in this context is a monetary policy strategy which

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


supplies interest and inflation expectations of private market players with an anchor
through a credible formulation of nominal targets. From the theoretical point of
view, this suggests a rule-formulation of nominal targets. From the theoretical point
of view, this suggests a rule-bound policy ? notably in the form of a money stock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rule ? as it makes monetary policy more predictable. A medium-term policy of
monetary stabilization ? with a sufficient measure of flexibility ? offers a number of
further advantages in terms of steadying expectations; it implies a self-commitment
by the central bank, and what is more, responsibilities are more clearly defined than,
say, in the case of a direct inflation target. Moreover, the quantity theory furnishes

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the concept of monetary targeting with a clear theoretical foundation, which is a
major reason for its transparency.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Without a reliable nominal anchor for monetary policy it is hardly possible

for market players to assess the medium to long-term trends of monetary
benchmarks, such as interest rates. This lack of orientation will inevitably lead to
frequent revisions of market expectations and correspondingly sharp price

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

fluctuations in the financial markets. Basing the strategy on financial market prices
such as interest rates, the yield curve or also exchange rates, particularly seems
highly problematical. A monetary policy which is based on such indicators will
hardly be in a position, particularly in periods of heightened uncertainty and high
volatility, to give reliable guidance to market expectations. In the absence of an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

external anchor, it will be very difficult for market participants to assess the
monetary policy stance; this, in turn, is likely to lead to larger swings in
expectations. In the final analysis, the central bank may find itself facing a situation
in which, because the monetary policy strategy is geared to market expectations, the
intended stabilization of the latter is completely foiled. The strategy of monetary

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

targeting, however, which is geared to the longer term, basically offers a chance of


16
largely decoupling expectations from short-term trend ? and hence volatility ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

through the monetary policy stance. This makes it easier to break the circular
connection between the distortion of monetary indicators, uncertainty about the
monetary policy stance and increasing price fluctuations.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Implications for the use of monetary policy instruments. Especially in

an environment which tends to be more susceptible to shifts in market sentiment,
monetary policy makers must have at their disposal a set of instruments which

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to manage the provision of central bank money as precisely as
possible without sending wrong or undesirable signals. There is no room in such a
box of monetary policy tools for dirigisme measures ? such as credit ceilings or
administratively controlled interest rates. For one thing, they are at odds with the
primacy of indirect monetary management, which uses market mechanisms and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

seeks to avoid allocative distortions as far as possible. For another, dirigisme
measures would be ineffective anyhow, given the multiplicity of international
evasion routes. At the instrumental level, too, the room for selective intervention by
monetary policy makers has become negligible as a result of globalization. It is
merely a logical consequence that in the operational implementation of monetary

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

policy, the focus worldwide is now on open market policy.



The role of the minimum reserve instrument has changed radically. Whereas

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


in he past the Bundesbank tried to actively influence the bank`s money creation
leeway by varying the reserve ratios, which were often very high, the minimum
reserve instrument is now primarily used to smooth out fluctuations in the demand
for central bank money in the money market. The minimum reserves required to be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

maintained on an average basis can perform the function of a buffer against
unexpected liquidity fluctuations during the reserve period. This has a steady effect
on the interest rate movements in the money market and enables the central bank to
keep its intervention frequency low. Perpetual fine-tuning of the money market, by
contrast, not only presents greater technical difficulties. A high intervention

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

frequency in the money market runs a dual risk. For one thing, the central bank
could give the market false signals; for another, the risk of making oneself a
prisoner of market expectations will increase.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


With a view to derivatives, the question arises of whether they could

perhaps provide monetary policy makers with a completely new class of
instruments which could be used to exert a more selective and more sophisticated

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

influence on the markets than in the past. Caution is advisable here: it is tempting,
of course, to use the leverage effect of derivative instruments in order to implement


17

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

monetary policy intentions in the markets more consistently. Another consideration
is that discreet intervention would be possible using derivatives insofar as, for
example, the sale of an option does not appear immediately in the central bank`s
balance sheet.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



However, there are serious reservations against making active use of these

technically tempting features of derivative instruments. The most important

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

objection is no doubt that intervention in the futures market, too, is bound to fail if
the interest rate or exchange rate level which the central bank considers desirable is
perceived by market participants to be unsustainable. In the event of unsuccessful
intervention the leverage which is offered by derivatives will, on the other hand,
rebound on the central bank, with all the (undesirable) liquidity effects that were

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

initially avoided.



A potential field of application for derivative instruments is their passive

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


utilization as indicators in the monetary decision-making process. Option prices
contain information about market participants` expectations which is not available
from other sources. Indicators derived from option prices of the degree of
uncertainty prevailing in the markets ? for instance, implied volatilities and implied

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

probabilities ? can provide, at the tactical level, useful indications for the timing and
gauging of money policy measures. It must be ensured, however, the tactical
considerations in no way impair a clear strategic orientation of monetary policy.
This use of derivatives in the monetary decision-making process, incidentally, rules
out their simultaneous utilization for intervention purposes because, in the case of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

intervention by the central bank, prices no longer reflect market expectations in an
unadulterated form.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The increasing professionalism of investment activities has likewise resulted

? at least in the broader sense ? in an extension of the range of monetary policy
instruments. The significance of the central bank`s information policy and public
relations work is increasing as financial transactions are already triggered by

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

expected central bank measures. This shows clearly the especially close interlinkage
of the monetary policy strategy and its practical implementation in an expectation-
biased environment. A transparent monetary policy strategy-such as, in particular,
monetary targeting ? provides a much clearer starting point for explaining monetary
policy to the general public than an approach geared to looking at everything.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




The changing nature of financial industry, especially as reflected in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

developments in the financial derivatives market, provides considerable


18
opportunities for risk sharing or inter-temporal smothering. Portfolio managers or

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

financial institutions` executives making balance sheet decisions are operating in a
constantly changing environment. What happens to the value of the portfolio when
interest rate changes and how can the risk of value be measured? How can the
interest rate risk be managed with changes in portfolio or balance sheet
composition? How can the others risks of the portfolios, such as credit, liquidity,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and currency risks, be assessed? What actions can be taken to control or plan for
these risks and can value be produced through risk management activities?
Financial derivatives, representing decomposition of risk exposure relative to other
assets or future and forward contracts, have had a revolutionary impact on the
financial service industry. Financial institutions with a solid asset/liability plan

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

should consider derivatives as a way to reduce exposure to interest rate risk.
Derivatives can complement the traditional methods of matching asset and liability
to minimize interest rate risk. Though, pricing of derivatives, based on arbitrage and
required conditions in financial markets which may not be met in fact, is a complex
but an extremely useful in pricing the risk of insurance against bad financial

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

outcomes and pricing complex cash flows associated with a variety of financial
instruments.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

In the historic transformation of global financial markets, Indian Financial

System India also is in the midst of a process of fundamental structural and
operational changes due in large part to various combinations of a more intensive
competitive environment, the official deregulation moves and the impact of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

technology. At the same time the pace of financial innovation has accelerated
bringing with it changes in the risk characteristics in the financial system. The
resulting shifts in the behaviour of market require the authorities, in turn, to revise
their regulatory and control methods, calling proper timing and adequate
preparation. If deregulatory measures are adopted haphazardly, they can actually do

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

more harm than good to the society. As the first step in the decision-making process
leading to the dismantling of financial regulations, the government must determine
whether the financial market is mature and resilient enough to adapt to the new
financial landscape. These changes are likely to have important implications both
for the structure of financial systems, the operation of financial institutions and the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

conduct and operation of monetary policy and prudential regulation.



Futures-INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





19

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



The liberalization and integration of world capital markets in the 1980s was

inspired by a combination of hope an necessity. The hope lay in the expectation of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

more efficient allocation of saving and investment, both within national markets and
across the world at large. The necessity stemmed from the macroeconomic and
financial instability the instability engendered government deficits and external
imbalances that required financing on a scale unprecedented in peace time and that
exceeded the capacity or willingness of the traditionally fragmented financial

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

markets to cover. This financing need joined with advances in technology and
communications to spawn a host of innovations, ranging from securitization in
place of intermediated bank credit to new derivative instruments. Taken together,
innovation, technology and deregulation have smashed the barriers both within and
among national financial markets.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Today world financial markets are growing in size, sophistication, and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

global integration. According to an estimate, the international securities
transactions amounted to $ 6 trillion per quarter in the second half of 1993 about
five to six times the value of international trade-in six Group of Seven countries.
This increased volume of portfolio capital movements has made foreign exchange
markets much more sensitive to changes in financial markets. These markets have

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

acquired clout as an indicator of the credibility of the government`s actual or
prospective policies, as a disciplining mechanism for inconsistent government
policies, and as an impetus for reform of financial markets in industrial and
developing countries alike.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

FUTURES MARKETS



In the past several years, derivatives markets have attracted many new and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


inexperienced entrants. The spectacular growth of the new futures markets in
interest rates and stock market indexes has generated a demand for a unified
economic theory of the effects of futures markets in commodities, financial
instruments, stock market indexes and foreign exchange upon the intertemporal

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

allocation of resources.


The basic assumption of the investment theory is that investors are risk

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

averse. If risk is to be equated with uncertainty, can we question the validity of this
assumption? What evidence is there? As living, functional proof of the
appropriateness of the risk aversion assumption, there exists entire market whose
sole underlying purpose is to allow investors to display their uncertainties about the
future. These particular markets, with primary focus on the future, are called just

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

that future markets. These markets allow for the transfer of risk from hedgers (risk


20
adverse individuals), a key element necessary for the existence of futures markets is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the balance between the number of hedgers and operators who are willing to
transfer and accept risk.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

What economic theory of futures markets can explain these phenomena?

Keynes viewed the futures market as one where commercial firms hold inventories
of commodities and sell futures to transfer the risk of price fluctuations.
Speculators` are on the other side of the market and purchase these futures at a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

discount below the expected price. The magnitude of this discount is the risk
premium demanded by the speculators. His theory of `normal backwardation' has
been the subject of controversy. Set of theories of futures markets, based upon the
capital asset pricing model (CAPM) or the intertemporal CAPM, are incapable of
explaining the essential features of futures markets.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




The quality of positive economic theory must be judged by its ability to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

explain with precision clarity and simplicity the key elements of a complex
economic phenomenon. Theories which ignore or cannot explain the basic
characteristics cannot qualify as relevant or good theories of futures markets. The
main characteristics of futures markets to be explained by a good economic theory
are: (i) there is only a small number of actively traded products with futures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts. The trading unit is large and indivisible; (ii) Almost all of the open
interest is concentrated in the nearby contract, which has a maturity of no more than
three months; (iii) The success ratio of new contracts is about 25 per cent in world
financial markets. Some new contracts succeed and then, which seem to have
similar useful features, fail; (iv) Futures are seldom used by farmers. Instead, they

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

are forward contracts. The main users of agricultural futures are intermediaries
(dealers) in the marketing process; (v) There are both commercial and non-
commercial users of futures contracts in interest rates and foreign exchange. The
commercial users are to a large extent dealers: intermediaries in the marketing
process; (vi) The position of the commercials and dealers in interest rate futures are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

almost evenly divided between long and short positions; (vii) The main use of
futures by the commercials is to hedge corresponding cash and forward positions;
(viii) The positions of the non-commercials are almost entirely speculative
positions; (ix) In foreign exchange futures, the positions of the commercials are
unbalanced. In some currencies they are net short and in others they are net long.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

However, their positions are primarily hedging against corresponding cash and
forward positions. The non-commercial positions are against corresponding cash
and forward positions. The non-commercial positions are overwhelmingly


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21
speculative positions; and, finally, futures are used in the underwriting of fixed
income securities but not in equity underwriting.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Each of these characteristics entails risk. The spectacular growth of the

derivatives market and the heavy losses incurred recently by several firms

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

undertaking derivative transactions has reinforced concerns about the possible risks
involved. Need to accelerate the implementation of sound risk management
practices is well recognized to maintain the stability of the derivatives market. With
pools of high-yield-seeking capital growth rapidly, with the technology of
international capital markets making it cheaper and easier to alter the composition

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of portfolios at short notice, and with institutional fund managers under continuing
pressure to deliver high performance, the importance of systemic risk control
management cannot be over-emphasized.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The economic theory of futures markets focus upon the inter-related

questions. How do the futures markets affect the intertemporal allocation of
resources? To what extent do these markets post relevant information concerning

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

supply and demand at a later date? How do these markets affect the risk premiums
that producers charge, when the prices of output or of input are uncertain? These
questions can be combined into the following: How do futures markets affect the
supply functions of output, when there is price uncertainty? What are the welfare
effects of the futures markets? To what extent does the diversity in the forecasting

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ability of the futures speculators simply result in transfers of wealth among
themselves and to what extent does it affect the output produced, the price paid by
the consumer and the variance of that price? How does the existence of futures
markets affect the level of expected production and the variance of the price paid by
consumers, relative to the situation that would prevail if there were no futures

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

markets? How can we evaluate the extent to which a particular futures market
changes the economic welfare? Does trading in financial instruments serve any
economic purpose?


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


These questions are of great interest to the policy makers as well as to the

academics. Extensive trading in financial futures and increased volatility in security
prices and interest rates affect the formation of real capital in the economy

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(particularly that of a long-term nature) and the structure of liquidity in the credit
market.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Widespread recognition of the need for continued progress is felt to reduce

the sources of systematic risk. Recent important initiatives that have been taken


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22
include: (i) a proposed extension of the 1988 Basle Capital Accord. (The Basle
Accord established in international framework for measuring regulatory capital and
setting capital adequacy standard). Proposals include a more comprehensive
treatment of the market risk of derivative positions, including separating banks`

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

loan the trading books; isolating market risk, including risk of unexpected interest
and exchange rate changes from specific risk; and allowing banks to reduce credit
exposures through bilateral netting (that is, creating a single legally binding net
position that replaces a large number of gross obligations; (ii) improved disclosure
and accounting standards. More transparency about consolidated positions in the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

derivatives market would help lower the risk of precautionary runs based faulty
information; (iii) improved market infrastructure. Initiatives include moving to real
time gross settlement systems, which provide immediately finality of payments,
thereby reducing settlement risk, and adopting a clearing house structure for netting
and setting standardized over-the counter derivatives.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



FUTURES CONTRACTS AND FUTURE TRADING


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



The future contract is an agreement to buy or sell an asset at a certain time in

the future for a certain price. Equities, bonds, hybrid securities and currencies are

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the commodities of the investment business. They are traded on organized
exchanges in which a clearing house interposes itself between buyer and seller and
guarantees all transactions, so that the identity of the buyer or seller is a matter of
indifference to the opposite party. Futures contracts protect those who use these
commodities in their business.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Futures trading are to enter into contracts t buy or sell financial instruments,

dealing in commodities or other financial instruments, for forward delivery or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

settlement, on standardized terms. The major functions performed by future markets
are: they facilitate stockholding; they facilitate the shifting of risk: they act as a
mechanism for collection and dissemination of information: and they perform a
forward pricing function. To perform these functions for future trading, the
customary condition is that there must be variation in the price of the actual

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

commodity under consideration; second, there must exist economic agents with
commitments in the actual market; and third, it must be possible to specify a
standard grade of the commodity and to measure deviations from this grade. As a
result of the first two conditions, some economic agents will face a price risk and
there will be a demand for hedging facilities. A futures market established

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

specifically to meet purely speculative demands is possible but is unknown. The
third conditions which are thought of necessary for the establishment of futures
trading are the presence of speculative capital and financial facilities for payment of


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

23
margins and contract settlements. In addition, a strong infrastructure is required,
including financial, legal and communication systems.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Financial futures contracts exist to provide risk management services to

participants. Risk and uncertainty in the form of price volatility and opportunism
are major factors giving rise to future trading. Futures trading evolved out of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

autonomous forward contracting by merchants, dealers and processors, designed to
increase business efficiency. Indeed, early futures markets were viewed as delivery
markets in which transactions were facilitated by the provision of uniform rules on
grade and delivery terms, and the security provided b the clearing houses in
guaranteeing individual contracts. This evolution from spot to forward to futures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts suggest a progressive adaptation of institutions to more efficient methods
of dealing with price risk. It is frequently argued that a pre-condition for futures
trading is a well developed cash market and the breakdown of forward contracting.
Futures markets develop because they are a more efficient means of transferring
those contract rights attached to price. Spot and forward contracting may become

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

too costly. However, these three contracting modes are not mutually exclusive
ways of transacting. Indeed, the development of futures markets improve the
efficiency of spot and possibly of forward contracting. It is perhaps best to view
futures markets as side' markets designed to deal with price volatility that is poorly
handled by spot and forward markets. This transactional superiority of futures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

markets comes mainly from their transaction cost reducing attributes.


Futures markets, by forming prices relating to forward delivery dated,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

project their prices into the future. These prices are used by agents to plan future
production to price forward contracts for the supply of commodities, and to tender
for forward contracts. Agents need not transact on future exchanges to use futures
prices in this way, and the information contained in such prices is an externality to
them. Agents may also use futures markets in deciding whether to store a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

commodity (using the forward premium as an indicator of whether storage is
expected to be profitable). In addition, futures markets may help agents to decide
the timing of inputs purchases and of processing activities according to the expected
outcome of hedging. Agents in these latter two categories are, of course, transactors
on futures markets. Thus, futures markets perform a forward pricing function, and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

in these ways futures prices facilitate the allocation of resources between present
and future uses.

FUTURES VERSUS OPTIONS

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




24

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Investors occasionally make the mistake of confusing a future contract with

an options contract. Some analogies can be made between futures contracts and
option contracts. Both involve a predetermined price and contract duration. An

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

option, however, is precisely that an option. The person holding an option has the
right, but not the obligation, to exercise the put or call. If an option has no value at
its expiration, the option holder will allow it to expire unexercised. But with futures
contracts, a trade must occur if the contract is held until its delivery deadline.
Futures contracts do not expire until exercised. One party has promised to deliver

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

an asset, which another party has promised to buy. It is also possible for one or
both parties to the trade to transfer their half of the promise to someone else via an
offsetting trade.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Figure 1 contrasts the situation faced by the buyer and the seller of a call

option with the situation faced by the buyer and the seller of a futures contract.
Specifically, terminal values for buyers and sellers are shown at least possible

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

moment the expiration date for the option and the delivery date for the futures
contract.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



25


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





26

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

As shown in panel (a), no matter what the price of the underlying stock, an

option buyer cannot lose and an option seller cannot gain on expiration date.
Option buyers compensate sellers for putting themselves in this position by paying
them a premium when the contract is signed. However, the situation is quite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different with a futures contract. As shown in panel (b), the buyer may gain or lose,
depending on the price of the asset in the delivery month. Whatever the buyer gains
or loses an exactly offsetting loss or gain will be registered by the seller. The
higher the contract price (that is, the price of the futures contract when the buyer
purchased it from the seller), the greater the likelihood that the buyer will lose and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the seller will gain. The lower the contract price, the greater the likelihood that the
seller will lose and the buyer will gain.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Synthetic futures contract can be enacted even in the case of such assets for

which both put and call options are available but future contracts are unavailable.
The clearest example involves European options on equity. The purchase of a
European call option and the sale of a European put option at the same exercise

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

price and with the same expiration date will provide a value at the expiration that
will be related to the stock price at that time. This is shown in Figure 2 Pane (a)
shows the pay-off associated with the purchase of a call at an exercise price E,
whereas panel (b) shows the pay-off associated with the sale of a put at the same

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


27
exercise price. The results obtained by taking both position are shown by the solid
line in panel (c).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Depending on the prices (i.e. premiums) of the call and the put, this strategy

may initially either require a net outflow of cash or provide a net inflow. For

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

comparability with the purchase of a futures contract, this cash flow may be offset
with borrowing or lending as required to bring the net investment to zero. The dash
line in panel (c) shows a case in which the call option costs more than as provided
by the sale of that put option. The difference is borrowed, requiring the loan
repayment shown in figure. The dashed line thus indicates the net end of period

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

payoffs for a strategy requiring no initial outlay. Because these payoffs are
equivalent to the payoffs for a strategy requiring no initial out lay. Because these
payoffs are equivalent to the payoffs from a futures contract with a contract price
equal to F, a synthetic futures contract has been created. In practice, however, the
equivalence is not perfect. Moreover, synthetic future is not market to market on a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

daily basis. Despite these differences, the existence of well functioning markets for
call and put options will enable investors to create arrangements similar to futures
on the underlying asset synthetically.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

FUTURES VERSUS FORWARD MARKETS




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


While futures and forward contacts are similar in many respects, their

differences are more important to fully understand the nature and uses of these
financial instruments. Both futures and forward contracts specify a transaction to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

take place at a future date and include pr?cis requirements for the commodity to be
delivered, its price, its quantity, the delivery date, and the delivery point.
Nevertheless these two types of contracts for future delivery of a commodity and
the markets in which they are traded differ in a number of significant ways, some of
which are included in Table 2.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Although most investors are unlikely ever to become involved in the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

forward market, it is important to understand some of the attitudes, particularly as a
good deal of the literature on pricing futures contracts typically refers to these
contracts interchangeably. Specifically, it might be inferred from Table-2 that
differences resulting from liquidity, credit risk, search, margin, taxes and
commissions could cause futures and forward contacts not to be price identically.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

For instance, in dealing with price risk, futures contracts have several transactional
advantages relative to spot and forward contracts. Sequential spot contracts that are
spot contracts where the terms of the contract are re-negotiated as events unfold; do


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

28
not inject any certainty into the transaction. Such a method of contracting is
particularly liable to the hazards of opportunism and may deter investment because
of the relatively high probability that the contract will be reached. On the other
hand, forward and futures contracts inject some certainty into their transaction. Both

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

share the property that the parties agree to perform the terms of the contract at some
future date. In fact, time-dated contracts are generally costlier to enforce than spot
contracts. This is due to the absence of the self-enforcing, near simultaneous
exchange of value for value characteristic of spot transactions and the greater
uncertainty attached both to the eventual outcome and each party`s compliance with

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the terms of forward contracts.




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



29


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

30




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



A Comparison of Futures and Forward Markets


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Future Market



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Forward Market

1.

Trading is conducted in a 1.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Trading is done by telex or

competitive arena by open

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

telephone,

with

participants

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


outcry of bids, offers, and

generally dealing directly with

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

amounts.

broker-dealers.

2.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Contract terms are standardized 2.

All contract terms are negotiated

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

with all buyers and sellers

privately by the parties.

negotiating only with respect to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

price.

3.

Non-member participants deal 3.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Participants deal typically on a

through brokers (exchange

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

principal-to-principal basis.

members who represent them
on the exchange floor.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

4.

Participants

include

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


banks, 4.

Participants are primarily institutions

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

corporations

financial

dealing with one other and other

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


institutions,

individual

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

interested parties dealing through

investors, and speculators.

one or more dealers.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




31
5.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The clearing house of the 5.

A participant must examine the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

exchange becomes the opposite

credit risk and establish credit limits

side

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


to

each

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

cleared

for each opposite party.

transactions;

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


therefore,

the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

credit risk for a futures market
participant is always the same
and there is no need to analyze
the credit of other market
participants.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


6.

Margins deposits are to be 6.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Typically, no money changes hands

required of all participants.

until delivery, although a small

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

margin deposit might be required of
non dealer customers on certain
occasions.

7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Settlements are made daily 7.

Settlement occurs on date agreed

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

through the exchange clearing

upon between the parties to each

house. Gains on open positions

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


transaction.

may be withdrawn and losses
are collected daily.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


8.

Long and short positions are 8.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Forward positions are not as easily

usually liquidated easily.

offset or transferred to other

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

participants.

9.

Settlements are normally made 9.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Most transactions result in delivery.

in cash, with only a small
percent age of all contracts

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

resulting actual delivery.

10.

A single, round trip (in and out 10. No commission is typically charged

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the market) commission is

if the transaction is made directly

charged.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


It

is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

negotiated

with another dealer. A commission is

between broker and customer

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


charged to both buyer and seller,

and is relatively small in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

however, if transacted through a

relation to the value of the

broker.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


contract.

11.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Trading is regulated.

11. Trading is mostly unregulated.

12.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The delivery price is the spot 12. The delivery price is the forward
price.

price.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

32


Forward and futures contracts differ, however, in their susceptibility to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

opportunism, especially in their role of reducing price risk. First forward contracts
that cover all feasible contingencies are costly to devise. The information and
transaction costs will thus preclude a fully specified forward contract and this
contractual incompleteness will give rise to enforcement and execution difficulties.
Incomplete contracting has a clear economic justification. Given the cost of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

tailoring the contract to the particular needs of the parties, it will usually be cost-
effective to use standard form contracts. In this regard, organized forward and
futures contracting have identical properties. Nevertheless, enforcement and
execution difficulties can be expected to pose a more serious problem for forward
contracts. This is so for several reasons. First, in forward contracting, individuals

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

will have to incur the expense of determining the reliability risk of the opposite
party. To the extent that there are scale economies in such specialization by identity,
forward contracting will be more expensive than organized futures contracting
where the exchange ensures the integrity of its members and trading practices.
Forward contracts also are subject to high enforcement costs where personal

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

markets sanctions are weak. The penalty risk of contract law is costly to enforce and
may not deal effectively with all types of breaches.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Another disadvantage of forward contract is that they are tied transactions.

The forward contract transfers rights relating to quantity, quality and price. The last,
however, may best be separated, especially when the parties are risk averse and
their access to insurance markets limited. Price changes have an unfortunate zero-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sum quality that increases the likelihood of opportunism. Thus, while forward
contracts may inject certainty into the quantity and possibly quality dimensions of
future transactions, it is not clear that they are the least cost adaptation to price risk.
Depending on the transaction costs in alternative markets, and the strength of
governance in each, it may be desirable for both risk-spreading and opportunism-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

reducing reasons to separate price risk from the other aspects of time-dated
transactions. Since spot, forward and futures markets deal in different bundles of
rights among different individuals, rights can be divided between those relating to
quantity and quality, and those counseling certainty of profits and costs. Forward
contracts, especially in personal markets, are best suited to ensuring that contract

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

terms relating to the former are complied with, whereas futures contracts deal with
price volatility.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Future contracts permit the price risk to be separated from the reliability risk

by removing the former from the set of factors giving rise to opportunism. The
governance structure supplied by the exchange authority effectively eliminates

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


33
reliability risk from futures trading. The seller of futures contracts incurs a liability
not to the buyer, but to the clearing house, and likewise the buyer acquires an asset
from the clearing house. The clearing house in effect guarantees all transactions. In

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

addition, the exchange rules, especially regarding its members` contract, severely
limit their ability to behave opportunistically. Organized exchanges greatly reduce
default and reliability risk from future contracts. This is achieved by transferring
transactions over price risks from a personal to an impersonal market through
standard form futures contracts traded in a self-regulated market price.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Future contracts are standard form contracts with only one negotiable term:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Price. The standardization of future contracts has significant implications for
transaction costs. This is so for several reasons. First, contract standardization
eliminates the cost of bargaining over non-price terms and of enforcing contract
provisions. Second, it reduces monitoring costs that are generally incurred in
principal-agent relationships. The principal only needs to give his broker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

instructions as to price and quantity which are easily observed. The monitoring
costs in the futures market are, therefore, significantly lower than those in the spot
market, where numerous other matters require attention and provide the broker with
opportunities to take advantage of the principal. Third, contract standardization
makes all futures contract is not a property shared by forward contacts.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




The liquidity and competitive nature of future trading also reduce the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

waiting costs of brokers and speculators for acceptable bids and offers. One
component of the transaction costs of futures trading is the ask-bid spread which in
a competitive situation, is directly correlated with the search costs of finding
acceptable bids and offers. We may live in the information age, but much of the
information we deal with every day is often perplexing. Perhaps most confusing of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

all is the world of finance. We are deluged with data, analyses with incomplete
information, buyers and sellers will have to search each other out. The costs of such
search activity will differ and will be greater the more geographically dispersed and
heterogeneous are buyers and sellers. In fact, the transaction cost arises because the
parties to transactions are different individuals with asymmetric information,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

divergent motives and mutual suspicions and because expenditure of resources can
reduce the gap in information and protect the parties against each other. Search
costs will not only raise the cost of activities but may preclude otherwise value
maximizing transactions from taking place. The importance of market liquidity
arise not only because it reduces waiting costs, but also because it ensures that

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

competitive pressures exist to keep waiting cost to a minimum for any volume of
trade. Competition among the futures traders will have the effect of weeding out


34

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

these with excessive search costs and poor forecasting ability. Large speculators
make consistent profits whereas small traders make losses since the performance
difficulties occasioned by opportunism raise the cost of transacting. Each party is
confronted by what can be termed a reliability risk ? the risk that the other party
will default either on the whole transaction or on individual terms in a way that

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

decreases the expected wealth of the non-defaulting party. Reliability risk is an
important source of transaction costs because it will pay individuals to guard against
opportunism and contract breach. Acquiring information on the reliability of those
with whom one transacts yields benefits in the form of reduced losses due to default
and incomplete or inferior performance. Degree of success of futures markets can

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

be explained in terms of a net benefits function. The most actively traded
commodities have the most variable prices. Choices can be made among contractual
arrangements on the basis of maximum net benefit, taking account of transaction
costs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

STRATEGIES FOR FUTURES MARKETS.



Today s financial manager must be able to use all of the tools available to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


control a company`s exposure to financial risk. Derivative securities have been very
successful innovation in capital markets. Financial futures markets are an
increasingly important feature of the world`s major financial centres. The
introduction of financial futures in the 1970s brought trading volume to previously

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

unheard of levels and entirely changed the character of futures markets. Markets for
options, stocks, bonds, index funds, foreign currencies, and other currencies have
been profoundly affected by the introduction of related future contracts as well s
future options. Recently active financial futures markets have been introduced in
developed and developing countries alike. Programme trading, a wide array of most

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

futures contracts as well as futures options, lower transaction costs, increasing
trading volume, expanded trading hours, electronic trading, and domestic and
international intermarket links continue to tie all of these financial markets into a
remarkable a tight and efficient financial trading network. Markets for options,
equities, bonds, index funds, foreign currencies, and other currencies have been

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

profoundly affected by the introduction of related future contracts as well as future
options.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Futures markets are to provide an opportunity for market participants to

hedge against the risk of adverse price movements. Futures are obligations to buy or
sell a specific commodity on a specific day for a present price. Shares, bonds and
currencies are the commodities of the investment business. Just as the dramatic

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



35
changes in the price rise affect farmers, rice mills and ultimately the consumer so
does the changes in interest rates, the relative value of currencies and the direction

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of the stock market send ripples--and sometimes waves--through the financial
community. Futures contracts based on a financial investment or a financial index
are known as financial futures. Financial futures can be classified as (i) stock index
futures; (2) interest rate futures; and (3) currency futures.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



In modern life financial engineering approach keep people and business

going. Today, futures markets are dominated by large commercial firms who

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

interact with professional risk bearers. Those who want insurance against price risk
should either buy options or engage in forward transactions. In the world financial
markets, futures markets are used by commercial firms to manage but not to
eliminate, the price risk inherent in their ordinary business. Major users of futures
markets are dealers and financial intermediaries who are professional risk--bearers.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

If they did not use the futures markets, the risk premium that they would have to
charge their customers would significantly decrease the demand for their services.
Anticipating what this approach will cost fuels the futures market.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The investment manager can tailor a given risk position in a variety of ways.

Without financial futures, investors would have only one trading location to alter
portfolio positions when they get new information that is expected to influence the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

value of assets ? the cash market. If they hear economic war that is expected to
impact the value of an asset adversely, investors want to reduce their price risk
exposure to that asset. The opposite would be true if the new information is
expected to impact the value of an asset favourably; an investor would increase
price risk exposure to that asset. There are, of course, transactions costs associated

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

with altering exposure to an asset ? explicit costs (commission), and execution costs
(bid-as spread and market impact costs).



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Thus, the futures market is an alternative market that investors can use to

later their risk exposure to an asset when new information is acquired. But which
market ? cash or futures ? should the investor employ to alter a position quickly on
the receipt of new information ? The answer is simple : the one that most efficiently

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

achieve the objective. The factor to consider is liquidity, transactions, costs, taxes
and leverage advantages of the futures contract.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

There are four basic strategies for using the futures markets : speculation,

hedging, spreading and arbitrate. The most important distinction between these
uses is their different risk-return characteristics. Speculating in futures increases

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


36
risk not only by undertaking a futures position with potential high returns but also
with the risk of a large loss. Hedging exists when a future position is taken to
reduce the risk of a current or anticipated cash position. Spreading involves taking

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

almost offsetting future positions that create a net position that typically possesses
significantly less risk than pure speculation, but has lower expected returns.
Arbitrate provides a risk-free profit when a trader takes opposite positions in a cash
asset and the associated futures counter it when these respective instruments are
mispriced in relation to one another.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Speculators wish to take a position in the market. Either they are betting that

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a price will go up or they are betting that it will go down. In other words, a
speculative position can be either a long or a short. A long position occurs when the
futures contract is purchased; profits arise when prices increase. A short position
when its futures contract is sold, a short trader profits when prices decrease.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Speculative futures positions are very profitable for those who are able to

forecast correctly both market direction and the extent of the market move. This

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

profitability is enhanced because the speculator needed to put up only a small
percentage of the value of the underlying cash instrument for margin, there by
allowing a significant degree of leverage. Of course, if a speculator forecasts
incorrectly, then the mark-to-market rules cause a cash outflow as the futures
position deteriorates. Consequently, a speculator needs forecasting ability and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

substantial knowledge of the underlying cash markets, plus sufficient funds to
overcome a short-term (or permanent) loss of funds from losing trades.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

There is an important difference between speculating using forward markets

and speculating by buying the underlying asset in the spot market. Buying a certain
amount of the underlying asset in the spot market requires an initial cash payment
equal to the total value of what is bought. Entering into a forward contract on the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

same amount of the asset requires no initial cash payment. Speculating using
forward markets therefore provide an investor with a much higher level of leverage
than speculating using spot markets. In the highly leveraged futures markets,
minimums are set to ensure that the speculators can afford any potential losses. For
this very reason a levy of 15 per cent margin on the contract price has been

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

suggested in the Bombay Stock Exchange plans to introduce futures trading on the
exchange parallel to cash transactions on the market. The percentage of margin is to
be constant throughout the contract but the amount of margin will vary based on the
mark to market price. Members are to pay margins on all futures contracts on a
gross basis.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


In a volatile market, the speculator needs to establish realistic goals for

trades. After reaching these goals, it is best to cover the trade. If a speculator
becomes emotionally involved in a position (which generates greed and fear), the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ability to make a realistic decision about covering a position is impaired. Some
speculators attempt to circumvent such emotional considerations by placing special
trading orders with the broker so that the trader is automatically removed from a
disadvantageous situation. Although such orders are useful for speculators who are
not in constant contact with the market and have specific forecasts of market

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

movements, many active traders believe that recognizing the current trend in the
market and then adapting to that trend is more important than mechanical position
trading.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Whereas speculators wish to take a position in the market, hedgers want to

eliminate an exposure to movements in the price of an asset. Hedging with financial
futures is an art as well as a science. By future hedging, we mean to take a position

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

in futures contracts that offset some of the risk associated with some given market
commitment. The essence of hedging is the adoption of a future position that, on
average, generates profits when the market value of the commitment is higher than
expected. The notion of designing a futures strategy to generate losses under certain
circumstances may seem quixotic to some. One must keep in mind the well-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

repeated adage: There are no free lunches. One cannot expect trading profits as
well as risk reduction (although that sometimes happens). The key is to coordinate
losses in futures with gains elsewhere, and vice versa. How does one achieve that
kind of coordination? Such futures are not an answer to all investment management
problems, but they do provide the finance manager with new means to act upon

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

market decisions. An understanding of the futures contracts and how the futures
markets operate is critical to designing a successful hedge strategy. As with any
innovative technique, potential hedgers need to take the time to study the markets
and determine the risk/return potential for each application.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



In order to profit from a spread transaction the trader attempts to determine

whether the size of the difference between the prices of the two contracts will

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

increase or decrease. A spread earns a profit if the correct direction of the price
difference is forecasted and the appropriate spread transaction is set up in
conjunction with the changing price structure of the future contracts.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Spreaders must forecast the relevant factors that cause changes in the

spreads. Change in financial futures spread depends upon the behaviour of interest

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38
rate. A profitable spread creates a gain on one side of the spread that is larger than
the loss on the other side of the spread. A pure speculator would make more money
by taking only the profitable side of the market; however, a spread reduces the risk

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of a position in case the forecast is incorrect. In recognition of the reduced risks,
margins on spread positions are much less than the margins on pure long or short
positions, and hence the leverage for spreads is increased. Risk is reduced, since
both sides of spread usually move in the same direction, even though their prices
can change by different amounts.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Arbitrage exists when a trader is able to obtain risk-free profits by taking

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

one position in the cash market and an exact opposite position in the futures market.
The arbitrage position is covered later by delivering the cash security into the
futures position. The arbitrageur can close the position prior to delivery if the profit
potential has been achieved; this situation occurs principally in the stock index
futures market because of the price swings.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Arbitrage keeps the futures and cash prices in line with one another. This

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

relationship between the cash and fair futures prices is expressed by the simple cost
of carry pricing. This pricing shows that the fair futures prices are the set of buying
the cash asset now and financing this asset until delivery into the futures contract. If
the current futures price is higher than the fair price dictated by the cost of carry
pricing, then arbitrage is possible by buying the cheaper instrument (the cash) and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

selling the more expensive instrument (the futures). Alternatively, if the current
futures price is less than the fair price, then the arbitrageur purchases futures and
sells the cash short. This activity forces the prices of the cash and futures
instruments back into their appropriate relationship.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Futures markets reflect the buying and selling activities of many buyers and

sellers of the homogeneous contract. Firms often have the power to affect the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

market price in cash and forward markets because they are merchandising contracts
custom-made to the two parties. However, a single party is less able to affect the
price in the broad futures market, i.e., the ability of the firm to trade large quantities
without affecting the price is one of the main reasons why the new futures markets
in financial instruments have flourished.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Futures markets disseminate information quickly, effectively and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

inexpensively, and thereby reduce monopoly power. In the cash and forward
markets, a large firm has a substantial advantage over a smaller firm. The larger
firm has more extensive and reliable information concerning current and impending


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

39
developments. It is difficult for a small firm to gauge the reasonableness of the
dealer`s offer because the costs of search are high. When there is a futures market,
potential buyers and sellers have means of gauging what a broad group of buyers
and sellers expect will be the subsequent price of the commodity specified in the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

futures contract and there is a historic relation between the price of the specific
commodity in position and the commodity specified in the futures contract. The
parties evaluate the reasonableness of the dealer`s often in terms of its relation to
the futures price.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



In the future markets, who can beat the market? It is observed in most of the

studies that small speculators are big losers, large speculators are small winners, and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

hedgers are big winners. Since the profits of the large speculators for the individual
futures markets are small, the speculators do not earn sufficient profits to
compensate for the risk of trading in futures markets. Why do small trades continue
to trade if they consistently lose money? The possible reason to this may be :- (i)
small speculators enjoy playing the game`; it is exciting, dynamic, and a great

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

conversational topic; (ii) small speculators believe they can forecast; in other words
they remember their profits but forget their losses; (iii) losers drop out, with their
places being taken by new small speculators; meanwhile winners become large
speculators; (iv) the perceived ability of potential large gains is greater than the
disutility of small losses with the possibility of large losses discounted as being

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

unlikely by the small speculators.

Swaps -INTRODUCTION


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Today`s financial swaps markets have their origin to the exchange rate

instability that followed the demise of Bretton Woods system in the early 1990s and
to the controls on international capital movements that most counties maintained in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

those days. Swaps are at the center of the global financial revolution. Fantastic
numbers and growth are talked of. All this is true. But what is also certain is that
the current heady acceleration f this market cannot continue. Otherwise, there will
be no other activity left-only swapping. Already the shakeout has started. In the
plain vanilla dollar sector, the profits for brokers and market makers, after costs

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and allocation of risk capital, are measured in fewer than five basis points. This is
before the regulators catch u and force disclosure and capital haircuts. At these
spreads the more highly paid must move on to currency swaps, tax-driven deals,
tailored structures and Schlock swaps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

What is certain that, although the excitement may diminish, swaps are here

to stay. Already, swaps have had a major macro economic impact forging the
linkage between the Euro and domestic markets, flattening the cash yield curves
and reducing central bank monopoly influence on markets. We are all swappers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

now. And, when you are offered sweet deals, remember the Tibetan saying
Beware of honey offered on a sharp knife. The problem in following the chaotic
progress of this very important market is quite simply that he who knows does not
speak, he who speaks does not know. A brief glimpse of how the swap market has
matured and a short list of the non-proprietary tools in the swapper`s arsenal is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

presented below :


SWAPS ? THE TEENAGE YEARS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



The essence of a swap contract is the binding of two counterfeiters to

exchange two different payment steams over time, the payment streams over time,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the payment being tied, at least in part, to subsequent and uncertain market price
developments. In most swaps so far, the prices concerned have been exchange rates
or interest rates, but they increasingly reach out to equity indices and physical
commodities, notably oil and oil products. All such prices have risk characteristics
in common, in quality of not in degree. And for all, the allure of swaps may be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

expected cost saving, yield enhancement, or hedging or speculative opportunity.




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Financial swaps, simple in principal and versatile in practice, are

revolutionary, especially for portfolio management. A swap coupled with an

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

existing asset or liability can radically modify effective risk and return.
Individually and together with futures, options and other financial derivatives, they
allow yield curve and currency risks, and liquidity and geographic market
considerations, all to be managed separately ? and also independently of underlying
cash market stocks.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Swaps in their current form started in 1981 with the well-publicized

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

currency swaps, and in the following year, with dollar interest-ate swaps. The
initial deals were characterized by three critical features.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




1. Barter ? two counter parties with exactly offsetting exposures were

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

introduced by a third party. If the credit risk were unequal, the third party ? if a
bank might interpose itself or arrange for a bank to do so for a small fee.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

41



2. Arbitrage driven ? the swap was driven by an arbitrage which gave some

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


profit to all three parties. Generally, this was a credit arbitrage or market-access
arbitrage.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





3. Liability driven-almost all swaps were driven by the need to manage a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


debt issue on both sides.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The major, dramatic change has been the emergence of the large banks as

aggressive market makers in dollar interest-rate swaps. Major US banks are in the
business of taking credit risk and interest-rate risk. They therefore do not need
counter parties to do dollar swaps. The net result is that spreads have collapsed and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

volume has exploded.


Swaps ? The Laundry List

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Dollar swaps


1. Plain vanilla
2. Alternate floating rate

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Floating-floating
4. Variable principle
5. Options on swaps
6. Short date swaps
7. Syndicated swaps

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

8. Hi-tech swaps
9. Plain deal
10.Without exchange of principle
11. Amortizing swaps
12. Off-market deals

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

13. Cross-currency interest-rate swaps
14. Amortizing principle
15. Off-market deals
16. Assignability and tradeability
17. Collateralized swaps and Schiock Swaps

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

18. Extendiable swap
19. Puttable swap



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

42
20. Drawdown swap



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Along with swap other important derivatives and institutional developments

which came into prominence are:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Continuous Tender Panel: A compromise between sole-placing agency and

tender panel. The CTP agent agrees on the issue price (the strike offered yield of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

SOY) with the issuer, at which price underwriting banks may request protection on
their notional allocations. These allocations are calculated pro rate to their
underwriting commitments, but are only exercisable to the extent that the CTP
agent has not per-sold the issue tranche. The SOY can change during the bidding
period and underwriters may be able to increase their initial allocations by bidding

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

at, or under, the SOY.



Direct Bid Facility (Unsolicited bidding): An increasingly common

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


provision in tender panel facilities whereby panel members may make unsolicited
bids to the issuer for particular note amounts/maturities.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Euro-commercial paper: A non-under-written or uncommitted note

issuance programme where typically two or three dealers place the issuer`s papers.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Global Note Facility: The Banks` medium-term underwriting commitment

is available to back up both the issue of US commercial paper and Euro notes.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Should the issuer be unable to roll over USCP, his will trigger off a Euro note
issuance process by tender panel. Bridging finance between the time of failed US
CP roll-over and provision of funds from the Euro note facility is provided by a
Swingling (below).

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Global Commercial Paper: The growing concept of non-underwritten Euro

note, issuance programme being old on a global basis with the book moving

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

between time zones.



GUN: Grantor underwritten note: A floating rate note facility akin to a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Euronote facility whereby a group of banks (grantors) commit to purchase any notes
put back to them by investors on any FRN interest rate fixing date. Put notes are
then auctioned out to the market between the grantors.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Issuer-Set Margin: Similar to continuous tender panel except that,

underwriters are guaranteed the protection on their pro rata allocation of paper.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



43
Should they opt not to take notes at the issuer-set margin, the lead manager will
instead.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


MOF: Multi-option facility: Broader than the classic underwritten

Euronots facility (NIF) in that the banks medium-term commitment is to backstop,
not only the issuance of Euronotes, but a wide range of other short-term

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

instruments-i.e.-bankers acceptance and short-term advances in a variety of
currencies.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

NIF: Note Issuance facility: An addition to RUF and SNIF. Now widely

regarded as a general description for all underwritten Euronote facilities.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUF: Prima underwriting facility: Same as a RUF except that the

maximum margin is expressed in relation to US prime.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




RUF: Revolving underwriting facility: The acronym that started it all.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Classically, a medium term commitment by a group of underwriting banks to
purchase one, three or six-months. Euronotes at a fixed libor related margin should
a safe-placing agents fail to sell the notes to investors at or under, that margin RUF
has since been extended to tender panel placement facilities as well as sole-placing.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


SNIF: Short-term note Insurance facility: Came after RUF as a method of

distinguishing tender panel placement from the sole - placing of the RUF.
Otherwise, structurally the same.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Specialized Tender Panel: Similar to the direct bid facility except that

members of the STP are limited to a nucleus of houses with perceived note

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

placement strength who are expected to make a market in the issuer`s paper.


Stop Out Bid: A refinement of tender panel bidding where by one or more

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of the TP participants have an option to post a bid for all or part of an issue tranche
at a price which other tender panel members must then better.


Striking Price Method: The issue price for the whole tranche is set at the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


level of the last accepted bid which caused the tranche to be filled-i.e.-notes are not
priced at a sequential level from the most competitive bid upwards as in standard
tender panel.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





44

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Swap Tender Panel: A further refinement of TP whereby the issues can ask

for currency and /or interest rate swaps on a particular note issue tranche.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Swingline: Used in a global note facility or BONUS to allow the issuer to

move from the US CP market to the Euronote market. Typically available for a
maximum of seven days and priced over US prime.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


TAP basis: The increasingly frequent method of issuance in Euro CP. The

dealer approaches the issuer for paper in direct response to particular investor
demand, rather than the issuer seeking bids from the dealer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Tender Acceptance Facility: Precisely the same structure as an

underwriting ten. Euronote facility using a tender panel except that the short-term

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

instruments under auction are bankers acceptances, euro Euronotes.


Tender Panel: A group including Euronote facility under writers and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

additionally appointed banks and dealers, who are invited to bid on an issuer`s
paper in an open auction format. Notes are awarded to bidders in sequential order
from the most competitive bid up wards until the full tranche is allocated.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

TRUF: Transferable revolving underwriting facility: The underwriting

banks stringent liability to purchase notes, in the event of non-placement, is fully
transferable.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Although the swap market is now firmly established, there remains a wide

divergence among current and potential users as to how exactly a given swap
structure works, what risks are entailed when entering into swap transactions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

precisely what the swap market is and, for that matter, is not. Hence, among the
many topics and controversies surround.


THE BASIC SWAP STRUCTURES

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




The growth and continued success of the swap market has been due in no

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

small part to the creativity of its participants. As a result, the swap structures
currently available and the future potential structures which will in time become just
another market norm are limited only by the imagination and ingenuity of those
participating in the market. None-the less, underlying the swap transactions seen in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



45
the market today are four basic structures which may now be considered as
fundamental. These structures are:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




? the interest Rate Swap

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



? the Fixed Rate Currency Swap


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


? the Currency Coupon Swap



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

? the Basis Rate Swap


RISK OF INVESTMENT

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





The Webster`s New Collegiate Dictionary definition of risk includes the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


following meanings: .........possibility of loss or injury.........the degree or
probability of such loss". This conforms to the connotations put on the term by
most investors. Professionals often speak of downside risk" and "upside
potential". The idea is straightforward enough: risk has to do with bad outcomes,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

potential with good ones.



In considering economic and political factors, investors commonly identify

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


five kinds of hazards to which their investments are exposed. They are:

Business and Financial Risk

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Business risk and financial risk are actually two separate types of risks, but

since they are interrelated it would be wise to discuss them together. Business risk,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

which is sometimes called operating risk, is the risk associated with the normal day-
to-day operations of the firm. Financial risk is created by the use of fixed cost
securities (that is, debt and preference shares). Looking at the two categories in a
sources and uses context, business risk represents the chance of loss and the
variability of return created by a firm`s uses of funds. Financial risk is the chance of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

loss and the variability of the owners` return created by a firm`s sources of funds.



To clarify this important distinction between business and financial risk, let

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


us examine the income statement contained in Exhibit I. Earnings before interest
and taxes can be viewed as the operating profit of the firm; that is, the profit of the
firm before deducting financing charges and taxes.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Business risk is concerned with earnings before interest and taxes and

financial risk is concerned with earnings available to equity holders. The two

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

components of business risk signify the chance that the firm will fail because of the


46
inability of the assets of the firm to generate a sufficient level of earnings before

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

interest and the variability of such earnings. The two components of financial risk
reflect the chance that the firm will fail because of the inability to meet interest
and/or principal payments on debt, and the variability of earnings available to
equity holders caused by fixed financing changes (that is, interest expense and
preferred dividends). Putting it in another way, this second component of financial

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

risk is the extent to which earnings available to equity holders will vary at a greater
rate than earnings before interest and taxes. In case the firm does not employ debt,
there will be no financial risk.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


An important aspect of financial risk is the interrelationship between

financial risk and business risk. In effect, business risk is basic to the firm, but the
firm`s risk can be affected by the amount of debt financing used by the firm.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Whatever be the amount of business risk associated with the firm, the firm`s risk
will be increased by the use of debt financing. As a result, it follows that the amount
of debt financing used by the firm should be determined largely by the amount of
business risk that the firm faces. If its business risk is low, then it can use more debt
financing without fear or default, or a marked impact on the earnings available to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the equity shareholders. Conversely, if the firm faces a lot of business risk, then the
use of a lot of debt financing may jeopardize the firm`s future operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EXHIBIT-I

XYZ CORPORATION LIMITED

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

INCOME AND EXPENDITURE STATEMENT FOR THE FINANCIAL

YEAR ENDED 30TH JUNE, 199X

Income (Rs. In crores)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Sales 60,52.70
Other income 1,04.19
61,56.89

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expenditure
Consumption of materials and stores, power and fuel 31,67.73
Payment to and provision for employees 7,43.21
Other operating expenses 3,86.68
Excise Duty 7,72.35

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5,069.97
EarningBeforeInterestand Taxes (EBIT) 10,86.92


47

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Interest 1,62,09
Depreciation 1,45,02
EarningsBeforeTaxes 7,79.81
Provision for taxation 3,80.00
EarningsafterTaxation 3,99.81

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Preferred Dividend .........
Earningsavailableto equity holders 3,99,81
Number of equity shares 43,77,060
Earnings per share 9,13421

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Purchasing Power Risk



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Whenever investors desire to preserve their economic position over time,

they utilize investment outlets whose values vary with the price level. They select
investments whose market values change with consumer prices which compensates
them for cost of living increase. If they do not, they will find that their total wealth

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

has been diminished. Inflation is an economic crippler that destroys the economic
power of investors over goods and services. In essence, investors have to be
concerned with the command that their invested money has over goods and services
on a continuing basis. In fact, we have been living with increasing consumer prices
for many years.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The relation between the market rate earned r, the rate of price change AP/P,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and the investor`s rate of change in real purchasing power X is shown in the
equation (1) :


1 r

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


X

0

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

.

1


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



1 AP / P

...(1)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




X represents the percentage change in purchasing power resulting from an

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

investment with a rate of return r. If the investor`s rate of interest just equals the rate
of inflation, r=AP/P, then the investor`s real rate of return is zero, X = 0. In a more
typical situation, the investor`s rate of return r might be 12 per cent while inflation
AP/P is 6 per cent. In this case the investor`s purchasing power is increasing at
(1.12/1.06) ? 1 = 5.66 per cent; this is the investor`s real rate of return after

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

allowing for inflation. Stock brokers sometimes tell their customers that equity



48

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

shares are an inflation hedge which will more than protect them from purchasing
power risk. This is a bit of overstatement. It is true that equity shares suffer less
from purchasing power risk than fixed-income investments, but equity shares are
only a hedge against inflation most of the time. It has not always yielded real
increases in purchasing power during inflation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Market Risk


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


This hazard arises from the fact that market prices and collateral values of

securities and real property may vary substantially, even when their earning power
does not change. The causes of these prices uncertainties are varied. At times many

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

markets are simply thin that is, buyers and sellers appear only intermittently. More
commonly, investment prices vary because investors vacillate in their preference for
different forms of investment, or simply because they sometimes have money to
invest and sometimes do not have it. But once the equity has developed a particular
price pattern, it does not change this pattern quickly. The causes of changes in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

market price are usually beyond the control of the corporation. An unexpected war
or the end of one, an election year, political activity, illness or death of a president,
speculative activity in the market, the outflow of bullion ? all are tremendous
psychological factors in the market. The irrationality in the securities markets may
cause losses unrelated to the basic risks discussed before. These losses are the result

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

of changes in the general tenor of the market and are called market risks.



The market risk in equity shares is much greater than it is in bonds. Equity

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


shares value and prices are related in some fashion to earnings. Current and
prospective dividends, which are made possible by earnings, theoretically, should
be capitalized at a rate that will provide yields to compensate for the basic risks. On
the other hand, bond prices are closely related to changes in interest rates on new

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

debt. Equity prices are affected primarily by financial risk considerations which, in
turn, affect earnings and dividends. However, equity prices may be strongly
influenced by mass psychology, by abrupt changes in financial sentiment and by
waves of optimism or pessimism. Whenever emotions run high, speculators and
gamblers crave action. They cannot refrain from entering the market arena as their

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

greed for profits becomes their overpowering motivation. They do not hesitate to
analyze the market environment. They do not base their judgements on an accurate
evaluation of the underlying factors. Instead, they rush into the market and distort
prices beyond any semblance of value. Greed pushes prices up, and fear drives them

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



49
down. In short, the crux of the market risk is the likelihood of incurring capital
losses from price changes engendered by a speculative psychology.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Interest Rate Risk



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

A major source of risk to the holders of high quality bonds is changes in

interest rates, commonly referred to as interest rate risk. These high-quality bonds
are not subjected to either substantial business risk or financial risk. Consequently,
they are referred to as high-quality bonds. But since they are high-quality bonds,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

their prices are determined mainly by the prevailing level of interest rate in the
market. As a result, if interest rates fall, the prices of these bonds will rise, and vice
versa.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Interest rate risk affects all investors in high quality bonds regardless of

whether the investors hold short-term or long-term bonds. Changes in interest rate
have the greatest impact on the market price of long-term bonds, since the longer

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the period before the bond matures, the greater the effect of a change in interest
rates. On the other hand, changes in interest rates will not have much of an impact
on the market price of short-term bonds portfolio may fluctuate markedly from
period to period, as interest rates change. Consequently, changes in interest rates
affect investors in long-term as well as in short-term bonds.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Social or Regulatory Risk


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The social or regulatory risk arises where an otherwise profitable investment

is impaired as a result of adverse legislation, harsh regulatory climate, or in extreme
instance nationalization by a socialistic government: The profits of industrial

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

companies may be reduced by price controls, and rent controls may largely destroy
the value of rental property held for income or as a price-level hedge. The social
risk is really political and thus unpredictable, but under a system of representative
government based on increasing government intervention in business affairs, no
industry can expect to remain exempt from it.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Other Risks



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50


Other types of risk, particularly those associated with investment in foreign

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


securities, are the monetary value risk and the political environment risk. The
investor who buys foreign government bonds or securities of foreign corporations
often in an attempt to gain a slightly higher yield than obtained on domestic issues,
runs the calculated risk of (1) a change in the foreign government and repudiation of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

outstanding debt, (2) nationalization of business, firms, that is, seizure by
government, or (3) the desire but inability of the foreign government or corporation
to handle its indebtedness. The investor should weigh carefully the possibility of the
additional risks associated with foreign investments against his expected return,
either in the form of interest or dividends or capital gains, when investing in foreign

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

securities rather than domestic securities.


QUESTION

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Discuss the growth of financial derivatives in the global financial markets.
2. Critically examine the impact of financial derivatives on the monetary

policy.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3. The changing nature of financial industry, especially as reflected in

developments in the financial derivatives market, provides considerable
opportunities for risk haring or inter-temporal smothering. What actions
can be taken to control or plan for these risks? Can value be produced

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

through risk management strategies? Explain.

4. Discuss the various financial derivatives instruments traded on organized

exchanges in world financial markets.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


5. Critically examine the global positions in OTC derivatives markets by

type of risk instrument.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

6. Global networking is no longer a more metaphor for worldwide activities

but now describes in very literal terms the advances in information and
communication technology which have been a major driving force behind
internationalization in many areas of life, but especially in the economy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Within the economic sector, in turn, it is in the financial markets that
globalization has been particularly dynamic. Comment.

7. Examine the impact of growth of the financial derivatives on the financial

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

system.



51

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Unit II

OPTIONS

Objectives of the study:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The objectives of this unit are to help one understand, in general



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The general frame work of Options as a financial derivative



Importance and working of Options in the financial market

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Syllabus

Options: Types of options; Option trading; Margins; Valuation of options;

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Binomial Option Pricing Model; Black-Schools model for Call Options; Valuation

of put options; Index options; Option markets-exchange traded options, over-the-

counter options, quotes, trading, margins, clearing, regulation and taxation;

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Warrants and convertibles.

Contents Design:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2.1. Introduction.

2.2 Options-Meaning

2.3. Participants in the Options Market

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2.3. Types of Options

2.4. Reason for using Options.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2.5. Working of options

2.6. Types of Options

2.7. Option Styles

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




52
2.8. Reading an Options Table

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2.9. Uses of Options

2.10. Advantages of options trading

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2.11. The basic traded stock options

2.11.1. Call option

2.11.2. Put Options

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2.12. Pricing of Options

2.12.1. Factors affecting the Option premium

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2.12.2. Option zones

2.12.3. Assumptions and Notations

2.12.4. Upper and Lower boundaries for option prices

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2.12.5. Greeks

2.13. Options Pricing Models

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2.13.1. Binomial options pricing model

2.13.2. Black-Scholes Model

2.14. Trading Strategies

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2.14.1. Bull Market Strategies

2.14.2. Bear Market Strategies

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2.14.3 Volatile Market Strategies

2.14.4. Stable Market Strategies

2.15. Margin Money

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2.16. Index option

2.17. Exchange-Traded Option

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2.18. Over-The-Counter

2.19. National Clearance and Depository system

2.20. Regulations

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




53
2.21. Warrants and Convertibles

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2.22. Important Terms

2.23. Self analysis Questions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2.24. Activities

2.25. References

2.1. Introduction

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Portfolio investments normally include mutual founds stocks and bonds. The

type of securities not end here, as options present a world of opportunity to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

sophisticated investors, as another type of security with their veracity. Options can

be as speculative or as conservative as one wants. They are complex securities and

can be extremely risky.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


But at the same time ignorant of this type of investment places one in a

weak position. Without knowledge about options, one would not only forfeit

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

having another item in ones investing toolbox but also lose insight into the

workings of some of the world's largest corporations. Whether it is to hedge his risk

of foreign-exchange transactions or to give employees ownership in the form of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


stock options, most multi-nationals today use options in some form or another.

2.2 Options-Meaning

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



An option is a contract whereby one party (the holder or buyer) has the

right, but not the obligation, to exercise the contract (the option) on or before a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


future date (the exercise date or expiry). The other party (the writer or seller) has

the obligation to honour the specified feature of the contract. Since the option gives

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the buyer a right and the seller an obligation, the buyer has received something of

value. The amount the buyer pays the seller for the option is called the option

premium.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




54
Because this is a security whose value is determined by an underlying asset,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


it is classified as a derivative. The idea behind an option is present in everyday

situations.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

For example, you discover a house that you'd love to purchase.

Unfortunately, you won't have the cash to buy it for another three months. You talk

to the owner and negotiate a deal that gives you an option to buy the house in three

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


months for a price of Rs.200, 000. The owner agrees, but for this option, you pay a

price of Rs.3, 000.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Now, consider two theoretical situations that might arise:

1.

It's discovered that the house is actually the true birthplace of a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


great man. As a result, the market value of the house skyrockets

to Rs.1 crore. Because the owner sold you the option, he is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

obligated to sell you the house for Rs.200, 000. In the end, you

stand to make a profit of Rs.97, 97,000 (Rs.1 Crore ? Rs.200, 000

? Rs.3, 000).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2.

While touring the house, you discover not only that the walls are

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

chock-full of asbestos, but also that a ghost haunts the master

bedroom; furthermore, a family of super-intelligent rats have built

a fortress in the basement. Though you originally thought you had

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


found the house of your dreams, you now consider it worthless.

On the upside, because you bought an option, you are under no

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

obligation to go through with the sale. Of course, you still lose the

Rs.3, 000 price of the option.

This example demonstrates two very important points. First, when you buy

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


an option, you have a right but not an obligation to do something. You can always


55

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

let the expiration date go by, at which point the option becomes worthless. If this

happens, you lose 100% of your investment, which is the money you used to pay

for the option. Second, an option is merely a contract that deals with an underlying

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


asset. For this reason, options are called derivatives, which mean an option derives

its value from something else. In our example, the house is the underlying asset.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Most of the time, the underlying asset is a stock or an index.

2.3. Participants in the Options Market

There are four types of participants in options markets depending on the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


position they take: They are:

1. Buyers of calls

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Sellers of calls

3. Buyers of puts

4. Sellers of puts

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


People who buy options are called holders and those who sell options are

called writers: furthermore, buyers are said to have long positions, and sellers are

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

said to have short positions.

-Call holders and put holders (buyers) are not obligated to buy or sell. They have

the choice to exercise their rights if they choose.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


-Call writers and put writers (sellers), however, are obligated to buy or sell. This

means that a seller may be required to make good on a promise to buy or sell.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2.4. Reason for using Options.

Two main reasons why an investor would use options are:

a. Speculation

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Speculation is the betting on the movement of a security. The advantage of

options is that one isn`t limited to making a profit only when the market goes up.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



56
Because of the versatility of options, one can also make money when the market

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

goes down or even sideways.

Speculation is the territory in which the big money is made - and lost. The

use of options for making big money or less is the reason why they have the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


reputation of being risky. This is because when one buys an option; one has to be

correct in determining not only the direction of the stock's movement, but also the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

magnitude and the timing of this movement. To succeed, one must correctly predict

whether a stock will go up or down, and has to be right about how much the price

will change as well as the time frame it will take for all this to happen commissions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


must also be taken into account.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



b. Hedging

The other function of options is hedging. Think of this as an insurance

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


policy. Just as one insures one`s house or car, options can be used to insure the

investments against a downturn. By using options, one would be able to restrict

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

one`s downslide while enjoying the full upside in a cost-effective way.



2.5. Working of options

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


In order to understand the working of options, an assumed firm by the name

Justus Company, is taken Let's say that on May 1, the stock price of Justus Co. was

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.75 and the premium (cost) was Rs.3.15 for a July 78 Call, which indicated that

the expiration was the third Friday of July and the strike price was Rs.78. The total

price of the contract was Rs.3.15 x 100 = Rs.315. In reality, you'd also have to take

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


commissions into account, but we'll ignore them for this example.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

57
Remember, a stock option contract is the option to buy 100 shares; that's

why you must multiply the contract by 100 to get the total price. The strike price of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 78 means that the stock price must rise above Rs.78 before the call option is

worth anything; furthermore, because the contract is Rs.3.70 per share, the break-

even price would beRs.81.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


When the stock price is Rs.67, it's less than the Rs.70 strike price, so the

option is worthless. But don't forget that you've paid Rs.315 for the option, so you

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

are currently down by this amount.

Three weeks later the stock price is Rs.84. The options contract has

increased along with the stock price and is now worth Rs.6 x 100 = Rs.600.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Subtract what you paid for the contract, and your profit is (Rs.3) x 100 = Rs.300.

You almost doubled the money in just three weeks! You could sell your options,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

which are called "closing your position," and take your profits - unless, of course,

you think the stock price will continue to rise. For the sake of this example, let's say

we let it ride. By the expiration date, the price drops to Rs.60. Because this is less

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


than our Rs.78 strike price and there is no time left, the option contract is worthless.

We are now down to the original investment of Rs.300. Putting it in the form of a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

table: here is what happened to our option investment:



Date

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


May 1

May 21

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Expiry Date

Stock Price

Rs.78

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.84

Rs.60

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Option Price

Rs.3

Rs.6

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


worthless

Contract Value Rs.300

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.600

Rs.0

Paper Gain/Loss Rs.0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.300

-Rs.300

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



58
The price swing for the length of this contract from high to low was Rs.600,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

which would have given us over double our original investment.

This is leverage in action.

Option frameworks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The buyer pays the price (premium) to the seller (writer).The buyer assumes a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

long position and the writer a corresponding short position. Thus the writer of

a call option is "short a call" and has the obligation to sell to the holder, who is

"long of a call option" and who has the right to buy. The writer of a put option

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


is "on the short side of the position", and has the obligation to buy from the

taker of the put option, who is "long a put".

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



The option style determines when the buyer may exercise the option which

will affect the valuation. Generally the contract will either be American style

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- which allows exercise up to the expiry date - or European style - where

exercise is only allowed on the expiry date - or Bermudian style - where

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

exercise is allowed on several, specific dates up to the expiry date. European

contracts are easier to value.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Buyers and sellers of exchange-traded options do not usually interact directly -

the futures and options exchange acts as intermediary. The seller guarantees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the exchange to fulfill his obligation if the buyer chooses to execute.



The risk for the option holder is limited: he cannot lose more than the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


premium paid as he can "abandon the option". His potential gain with a call

option is theoretically unlimited;

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



59


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The maximum loss for the writer of a put option is equal to the strike price. In

general, the risk for the writer of a call option is unlimited. However, an

option writer who owns the underlying instrument has created a covered

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


position; he can always meet his obligations by using the actual underlying.

Where the seller does not own the underlying on which he has written the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

option, he is called a "naked writer", and has created a "naked position".



Options can be in-the-money, at-the-money or out-of-the-money. The "in-the-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


money" option has a positive intrinsic value, options in "at-the-money" or

"out-of-the-money" has an intrinsic value of zero. Additional to the intrinsic

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

value an option has a time value, which decreases when the option is closer to

its expiry date.

2.6. Types of Options

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


There are two main types of options:

a. American options can be exercised at any time between the date of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

purchase and the expiration date.

b. European options can only be exercised at the end of their lives.

c. Long-Term Options are options with holding times of one, two or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


multiple years, which may be more appealing for long-term

investors, which are called long-term equity anticipation

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

securities (LEAPS). By providing opportunities to control and

manage risk or even to speculate, LEAPS are virtually identical to

regular options. LEAPS, however, provide these opportunities for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


much longer periods of time. Although they are not available on all

stocks, LEAPS are available on most widely held issues.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



60
d. Real option is a choice that an investor has when investing in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

real economy - in the production of goods or services, rather than in

financial contracts ? which may be something as simple as the

opportunity to expand production, or to change production inputs.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


They are an increasingly influential tool in corporate finance with

typically difficult or impossible to trade

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

e. Traded options (also called "Exchange-Traded Options" or "Listed

Options") are Exchange traded derivatives which have: standardized

contracts; quick systematic pricing; and are settled through a clearing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


house (ensuring fulfillment.) These include: stock options; bond

options; interest rate options; and swaption.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

f. Vanilla options are 'simple', well understood and traded options,

whereas an exotic option is more complex, or less easily understood

and non-standard in nature. Asian options, look back options, barrier

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


options are considered to be exotic, especially if the underlying

instrument is more complex than simple equity or debt.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

g. Employee stock options are issued by a company to its employees

as compensation.

2.7. Option Styles

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Settlement of options is based on the expiry date. However, there are three

basic styles of options which affect settlement. The styles have geographical names

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

but have nothing to do with the location where a contract is agreed. The styles are:

European: These options give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to

buy or sell the underlying instrument only on the expiry date. This means that the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



61
option cannot be exercised early. Settlement is based on a particular strike price at

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

expiration. Currently, in India only index options are European in nature.

American: These options give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to

buy or sell the underlying instrument on or before the expiry date. This means that

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the option can be exercised early. Settlement is based on a particular strike price at

expiration. Options in stocks that have been recently launched in the Indian market

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

are "American Options. American style options tend to be more expensive than

European style because they offer greater flexibility to the buyer.

Bermudian: These options give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


buy or sell the underlying instrument on several specific dates, on or before the

expiry date.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Option Class & Series: An option "class" refers to all options of the same

type (call or put) and style (American or European) that also have the same

underlying. eg: All Nifty call options are referred to as one class. An option series

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


refers to all options that are identical: they are the same type, have the same

underlying, the same expiration date and the same exercise price.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



62
2.8. Reading an Options Table

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Column 1: Strike Price is the stated price per share for which an underlying stock

may be purchased (for a call) or sold (for a put) upon the exercise of the option

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

contract.

Option

strike

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


prices

typically

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

move

by

increments.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Column 2: Expiry Date shows the termination date of an option contract.

Column 3: Call or Put column refers to whether the option is a call (C) or put (P).

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Column 4: Volume indicates the total number of options contracts traded for the

day. The total volume of all contracts is listed at the bottom of each table.

Column 5: Bid indicates the price someone is willing to pay for the options

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


contract.

Column 6: Ask indicates the price at which someone is willing to sell an options

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

contract.



63

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Column 7: Open Interest is the number of options contracts that are open; these

are contracts that have neither expired nor been exercised.

In India, option tables published in business newspaper and are fairly similar

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


to the regular stock tables.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The following is the format of the options table published in India`s business

news papers:

Expiry

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Strike

Option

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traded

Number of

Traded

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Contracts

Open High Low

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Date

Price

Type

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Quantity Contracts

Value

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Call options-American are depicted as 'CA' and Put options-American as

'PA`.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The Open, High, Low, Close columns display the traded premium rates.

2.9.Uses of Options

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

When using options for insurance, the option holder reduces the risk he

bears by paying the option seller a premium to assume it.

Because one can use options to assume risk, one can purchase options to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


create leverage. The payoff to purchasing an option can be much greater than by

purchasing the underlying instrument directly. For example buying an at-the-money

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

call option for 2 monetary units per share for a total of 200 units on a security

priced at 20 units, will lead to a 100% return on premium if the option is exercised

when the underlying security's price has risen by 2 units, whereas buying the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


security directly for 20 units per share, would have led to a 10% return. The greater

leverage comes at the cost of greater risk of losing 100% of the option premium if

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the underlying security does not rise in price.



64

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2.10. Advantages of options trading

a. Risk management: Put options allow investors holding shares to hedge against

a possible fall in their value. This can be considered similar to taking out

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


insurance against a fall in the share price.

b. Time to decide: By taking a call option the purchase price for the shares is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

locked in which gives the call option holder until the Expiry Day to decide whether

or not to exercise the option and buy the shares. Likewise the taker of a put option

has time to decide whether or not to sell the shares.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


c. Speculation: The ease of trading in and out of an option position makes it

possible to trade options with no intention of ever exercising them. If an investor

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

expects the market to rise, they may decide to buy call options. If expecting a fall,

they may decide to buy put options. Either way the holder can sell the option prior

to expiry to take a profit or limit a loss. Trading options has a lower cost than

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


shares, as there is no stamp duty payable unless and until options are exercised.

d. Leverage: Leverage provides the potential to make a higher return from a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

smaller initial outlay than investing directly. However, leverage usually involves

more risks than a direct investment in the underlying shares. Trading in options can

allow investors to benefit from a change in the price of the share without having to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


pay the full price of the share.

We can see below how one can leverage ones position by just paying the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

premium.



Option Premium

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Stock

Bought on Oct 15

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 380

Rs. Rs.4000

Sold Dec 15

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs. 670

Rs. 4500

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



65
Profit

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 290

Rs. 500

ROI (Not annualized)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


76.3%

12.5%

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



e. Income generation: Shareholders can earn extra income over and above

dividends by writing call options against their shares. By writing an option they

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


receive the option premium upfront. While they get to keep the option premium,

there is a possibility that they could be exercised against and have to deliver their

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

shares to the taker at the exercise price.

f. Strategies: By combining different options, investors can create a wide range of

potential profit scenarios.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2.11. The basic traded stock options

2.11.1. Call option

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

A call option is a financial contract between the buyer and the seller , where

the buyer of the option has the right, but not the obligation to buy an agreed

quantity of a particular commodity or financial instrument (the underlying

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


instrument) from the seller of the option at a certain time (the expiration date) for a

certain price (the strike price). The seller (or "writer") has the obligation to sell the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

commodity or financial instrument should the buyer so decide. The buyer pays a fee

(called a premium) for this right.

Illustration 1:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Raj purchases 1 Reliance (RELIND)OCT 1300 Call --Premium 10



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

66


This contract allows Raj to buy 100 shares of RELIND at Rs 150 per share

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

at any time between the current date and the end of next August. For this

privilege, Raj pays a fee of Rs 800 (Rs eight a share for 100 shares).

Now let us see how one can profit from buying an option.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Raj purchases a December call option at Rs.40 for a premium of Rs.15.

Here, he has purchased the right to buy that share for Rs.40 in December. If the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

stock rises above Rs.55 (40 + 15) he will break even and he will start making a

profit. Suppose the stock does not rise and instead falls, he will choose not to

exercise the option and forego the premium of Rs.15 and thus limiting his loss to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.15.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Let us take another example of a call option on the Nifty to underst and the

concept better. Nifty is at 1310. The following are Nifty traded at following

quotes.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Option Contract

Strike Price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Call Premium



67

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Dec Nifty

1325

Rs.6,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




1345

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 2,000

Jan Nifty

1325

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.4,500



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1345

Rs.5,000

A trader is of the view that the index will go up to 1400 in Jan 2002 but does

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


not want to take the risk of prices going down. Therefore, he buys 10 options of Jan

contracts at 1345. He pays a ' premium for buying calls (the right to buy the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

contract) for 500*10= Rs 5,000/-.

In Jan 2002 the Nifty index goes up to 1365. He exercises the option and

takes the difference in spot index price which is (1365-1345) * 200 (market lot)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


= 4000 per contract. Total profit = 40,000/- (4,000*10).

He had paid Rs 5,000/- premium for buying the call option. So he earns by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

buying call option is Rs 35,000/- (40,000-5000).

If the index falls below 1345 the trader will not exercise his right and will

opt to forego his premium of Rs 5,000. So, in the event the index falls further his

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


loss is limited to the premium he paid upfront, but the profit potential is unlimited.

If one is bullish and expects prices to rise, then he will take a long

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

position by buying calls. If one is bearish and expects prices to fall, then he will

take a short position by selling calls.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


68



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

A graphical interpretation of the payoffs and profits generated by a call option buyer. A

higher stock price means a higher profit. Eventually, the price of the underlying (e.g., stock)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




The buyer of a call option wants the price of the underlying instrument to rise in the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





future; the seller either expects that it will not, or is willing to give up some of the upside

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(profit) from a price rise in return for (a) the premium (paid immediately) plus (b) retaining

the opportunity to make a gain up to the strike price. Call options are most profitable for the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

buyer when the underlying instrument is moving up, making the price of the underlying

instrument closer to the strike price. When the price of the underlying instrument surpasses

the strike price, the option is said to be "in the money. The initial transaction in this

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


context (buying/selling a call option) is not the supplying of a physical or financial asset

(the underlying instrument). Rather it is the granting of the right to buy the underlying

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

asset, in exchange for a fee - the option price or premium.

Call options can be purchased on many financial instruments other than stock in a

corporation - options can be purchased on futures on interest rates, as well as on

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


commodities such as gold or crude oil. A call option should not be confused with either



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

69
Incentive stock options or with a warrant. An incentive stock option, the option to buy

stock in a particular company, is a right granted by a corporation to a particular person

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(typically executives) to purchase treasury stock. When an incentive stock option is

exercised, new shares are issued. Incentive stock options are not traded on the open market.

In contrast, when a call option is exercised, the underlying asset is transferred from one

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


owner to another.

It is clear that a call option has positive monetary value when the underlying

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

instrument has a spot price (S) above the strike price (K). Since the option will not be

exercised unless it is "in-the-money", the payoff for a call option is

Max[(S - K);0] or formally, (S - K) +

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


where



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Prior to exercise of the option value, and therefore price, varies with the

underlying price and with time. The call price must reflect the "likelihood" or

chance of the option "finishing in-the-money". The price should thus be higher with

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


more time to expiry (except in cases when a significant dividend is present), and

with a more volatile underlying instrument.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2.11.2. Put Options

A put option (sometimes simply called a "put") is a financial contract

between the buyer and the seller of the option which allows the buyer the right but

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


not the obligation to sell a commodity or financial instrument (the underlying

instrument) to the seller of the option at a certain time for a certain price (the strike

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

price) and where the seller has the obligation to purchase at that strike price, if the

buyer does choose to exercise the option.

Eg.1 :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



70


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Raj purchases 1 RELIND (Reliance Industries) AUG 350 Put --Premium 20

This contract allows him to sell 100 shares RELIND at Rs 350 per share at

any time between the current date and the end of August. To have this privilege, he

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


pays a premium of Rs 2000 (Rs 20 a share for 100 shares).

e.g : 2 :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Raj is of the view that the a stock is overpriced and will fall in future, but

he does not want to take the risk in the event of price rising so purchases a put

option at Rs 70 on 'X'. By purchasing the put option Raj has the right to sell the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


stock at Rs 70 but he has to pay a fee of Rs 15 (premium). So he will breakeven

only after the stock falls below Rs 55 (70-15) and will start making profit if the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

stock falls below Rs 55.




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




e.g.: 3:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



An investor on Dec 15 is of the view that Wipro is overpriced and will fall

in future but does not want to take the risk in the event the prices rise. So he

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


purchases a Put option on Wipro. Quotes are as under: Spot Rs 1040; Jan Put at

1050 Rs 10; Jan Put at 1070 Rs 30

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

He purchases 1000 Wipro Put at strike price 1070 at Put price of Rs 30/-.



71

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

He pays Rs 30,000/- as Put premium.

His position in following price position is discussed below.

1. Jan Spot price of Wipro = 1020

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2. 2. Jan Spot price of Wipro = 1080

In the first situation the investor is having the right to sell 1000 Wirpro shares at

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.1,070/- the price of which is Rs.1020/- By exercise the option he earns Rs.(1070-

1020)= per Put, which totals Rs.50,000/-. His net income is Rs.(50000 ? 30000) =

Rs.20,000.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




In the second price situation, the price is more in the spot market, so the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

investor will not sell at a lower price by exercising the Put. He will have to allow

the Put option to expire unexercised. He loses the premium paid Rs.30, 000.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


If one is bearish and expects prices to fall, then he will take a long position

by buying Puts. If one is bullish and expects prices to rise, then he will take a short
position by selling Puts.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Note that the seller (the writer) of the option is agreeing to buy the

underlying instrument if the buyer of the option so decides. In exchange for having

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

this option, the buyer pays the seller a fee (the premium).

The most widely-known put option is for stock in a particular company.

However, options are traded on many other assets: financial - such as interest rates

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and physical, such as gold or crude oil.



In general, the buyer of a put option expects the price of stock to fall

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


significantly, but does not want to sell the stock short because that could result in

large losses if the stock does go up anyway. (With a put option, the loss is limited to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the purchase price of the option.) The seller of the put option generally feels that the

stock in question is reasonably priced, and should the price fall, the seller may be

willing to become the owner of the stock at a lower price, considering it to be a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


bargain. (On the other hand, the seller of the put may be merely gambling.)



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

72
The put option has positive monetary value when the underlying instrument

has a spot price (S) below the strike price (K). Since the option will not be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

exercised unless it is "in-the-money", the payoff for a put option is max[ (K - S) ; 0

] or formally, (K - S) +

where :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Prior to exercise, the option value, and therefore price, varies with the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

underlying price and with time. The put price must reflect the "likelihood" or

chance of the option "finishing in-the-money". The price should thus be higher with

more time to expiry, and with a more volatile underlying instrument.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




73
A graphical interpretation of the payoffs and profits generated by a put

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


option as by the writer of the option. Profit is maximized when the option expires
worthless (when the price of the underlying exceeds the strike price), and the writer
keeps the premium.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


CALL OPTIONS PUT OPTIONS

If one expects a fall in price (Bearish)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Short

Long


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Graphical interpretation of the payoffs and profits generated by a put option

by the purchaser of the option. A lower stock price means a higher profit. Eventually,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the price of the underlying (i.e. stock) will be low enough to fully compensate the

price of the option.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


74



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


If one expects a rise in price (Bullish)

Long

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Short



Summary:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


PUT OPTION BUYER

CALL OPTION WRITER (Seller)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Pays premium

Receives premium

Right to exercise and buy the shares

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Obligation to sell shares if exercised

Profits from rising prices

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Profit from falling prices or remaining

neutral

Limited losses, Potentially unlimited Potentially unlimited losses, limited gain

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


gain

2.12. PRICING OF OPTIONS

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2.12.1. Factors affecting the Option premium:

Options are used as risk management tools and the valuation or pricing of

the instruments is a careful balance of market factors.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

There are four major factors affecting the Option premium:

Price of Underlying

Time to Expiry

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Exercise Price Time to Maturity

Volatility of the Underlying

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

And two less important factors:

Short ? Term Interest Rates

Dividends

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


a. The Intrinsic Value of an Option



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



75


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The intrinsic value of an option is defined as the amount by which an option

is in-the immediate exercise value of the option when the underlying position is

marked-to-market.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


For a call option: Intrinsic Value = Spot Price ? Strike Price

For a put option: Intrinsic Value = Strike Price ? Spot Price

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



The intrinsic value of an option must be positive or zero. It cannot be

negative. For a call option, the strike price must be less than the price of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


underlying asset for the call to have an intrinsic value greater than 0. For a put

option, the strike price must be greater than the underlying asset price for it to have

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intrinsic value.

Comparing two calls with the same underlying asset, the

higher the exercise price of a call, the lower its premium.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




76

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Call



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Comparing two puts with the same underlying asset; the

higher the exercise prices of a put, the higher its premium.

Put

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




77
b. Price of Underlying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The premium is affected by the price movements in the underlying

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

instrument. For Call options the right to buy the underlying at a fixed strike price ?

as the underlying price raises so does its premium. As the underlying price falls, so

does the cost of the option premium. For put options ? the right to sell the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


underlying at a fixed strike price as the underlying price rises, the premium falls; as

the underlying price decreases the premium cost raises.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Call options become more valuable as the stock price increases and less

valuable as the strike price increases. For a put option, the payoff on exercise is the

amount by which the strike price exceeds the stock price. Put options, therefore,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


behave in the opposite way to call options. They become less valuable as the stock

price increases and more valuable as the strike price increases.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The price of underlying asset



78

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The option premium will be higher when the price of the

underlying asset is higher.

Call

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The option premium will be lower when the price of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

underlying asset is lower .



79

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Put



The more the options is in-the-money or out-of-the-money, the lower is its

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


time value; i.e. the option premium is close to the intrinsic value of the option.

c. The Time Value of an Option

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Generally, the longer the time remaining until an option`s expiration, the

higher will be its premium, because the longer an option`s lifetimes, greater is the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


possibility that the underlying share price might move so as to make the option in-

the-money. All other factors affecting an option`s price remaining the same, the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

time value portion of an option`s premium will decrease with the passage of time.

Both put and call American options become more valuable as the time to

expiration increases. To see this, consider two options that differ only with

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


respect to the expiration date. The owner of the long-life option has all the

exercise opportunities open to that of the owner of the short-life on- and more.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The long-life option must, therefore, always be worth at least as much as

the short-life option.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


80
European put and call options do not necessarily become more valuable as

the time to expiration increases. This is because the owner of a long-life European

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


option does not have all the exercise opportunities open to the owner of a short-

life European option. The owner of the long-life European option can exercise

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

only at the maturity of that option. Consider two European call options on a

stock, one with an expiration date in one month and the other with an expiration

date in two months. Suppose that a very large dividend is expected in six weeks.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The dividend will cause the stock price to decline. It is possible that this will lead

to the short-life option being worth more than the long-life option.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The value of an option will be lower at the near closer of the expiration date,

when all other factors remaining equal. The loss of time value is faster as the

expiration date approaches.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




d. Volatility

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



81


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Volatility is the tendency of the underlying security`s market price to

fluctuate either up or down. It reflects a price change`s magnitude; it does not

imply a bias towards price movement in one direction or the other. Thus, it is a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


major factor in determining an option`s premium. The higher the volatility of the

underlying stock, the higher the premium because there is a greater possibility that

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the option will move in-the-money. Generally, as the volatility of an under-lying

stock increases, the premiums of both calls and puts overlying that stock increase,

and vice versa.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Higher volatility = Higher premium

Lower volatility = Lower premium

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The volatility of a stock price, is defined so that is the Standard

deviation of the return on the stock in a short length of time t. It is a measure of

how uncertain we are about future stock price movements. As volatility increases

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the chance of the stock will do very well or very poorly increases. For the owner of

a stock, these two outcomes tend to offset each other. However, this is not so for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the owner of a call or put.

The owner of a call benefits from price increases but bas limited downslide

risk in the event of price decreases because the most that the owner can lose is the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


price of the option. Similarly, the owner of a put benefits from price decreases but

has limited downslide risk in the event of price increases. The value of both calls

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and puts, therefore, increases as volatility increase.

The higher the price volatility of the underlying asset, the higher the

likelihood of the option will end up in-the-money; therefore, the higher the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


premium.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





82

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Call




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The higher the price volatility of the underlying asset, the

higher the likelihood that the option will end up out-of-the-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

money; therefore, the lower the premium.

Put


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


83



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




e. Interest rates

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In general interest rates have the least influence on options

and equate approximately to the cost of carry of a futures

contract. If the size of the options contract is very large, then this

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


factor may take on some importance. All other factors being

equal as interest rates rise, premium costs fall and vice versa.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The relationship can be thought of as an opportunity cost. In

order to buy an option, the buyer must either borrow funds or

use funds on deposit. Either way the buyer incurs an interest rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


cost. If interest rates are rising, then the opportunity cost of

buying options increases and to compensate the buyer premium

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

costs fall. Why should the buyer be compensated? Because the

option writer receiving the premium can place the funds on


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


84


deposit and receive more interest than was previously

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


anticipated. The situation is reversed when interest rates fall -

premiums rise. This time it is the writer who needs to be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

compensated.

As interest rates in the economy increases, the expected

growth rate of the stock price tends to increase and the present

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


value of any future cash flows received by the holder of the

option decreases. These two effects tend to decrease the value of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

a put option and hence, put option prices decline as the risk-free

interest rate increases. In the case of calls, the first effect tends to

increase the price and the second effect tends to decrease it. It

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


can be shown that the first effect always dominates the second

effect; that the price of a call always increases as the risk-free

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

interest rate increases.

The higher the "risk less interest rate", the higher the call

premium. The higher the "risk less interest rate", the lower the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


put premium



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




85

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





f. Dividends

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Dividends have the effect of reducing the stock price on the ex-dividend

date. The value of a call option is negatively related to the size of any anticipated

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

dividend and the value of a put option is positively related to the size of any

anticipated dividend.

2.12.2. Option zones

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The value of the stock option has three different zones, as shown below:

1. Out of the Money : Where the stock price is below the exercise price.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2. At the Money: Where it is close to or at the exercise price.

3. In the Money: Where the stock price is above the exercise price.

These zones are depicted in the chart below:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Say the exercise price is Rs.60. If the stock price is below 60, there is no

economic value. There is only time value; if stock price starts abo ve Rs.60 it will

have been economic value and time value. As seen from the chart time value is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


maximum, when the exercise price and stock price are the same but is lower below

the exercise price or above it. If the actual price is lower than the exercise price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

there is less change of profit on the call. If the actual price is above the exercise



86

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

price, then there is a chance of profit, and there is less reason to pay a premium over

the economic value (intrinsic value)

2.12.3. ASSUMPTIONS AND NOTATION

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Some relationships have been derived between option price that do not

require any assumptions about volatility and the probabilistic behavior of stock

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

prices For this purposes it is, therefore, reasonable to assume that there are no

arbitrage opportunities.

The following notations have been used: .

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


So: current stock price

ST: stock price at time T

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

X: strike price of option

T: time of expiration of option

r: risk-free rate of interest for maturity T (continuously compounded)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


C: value of American call option to buy one share

P: value of American put option to sell one share

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c: value of European all option to buy one share

p: value of European put option to sell one share

It should be noted that r is the nominal rate of interest, not the real rate of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


interest and assumed that r > O. Otherwise, a risk-free investment would provide no

advantages over cash.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





2.12.4. UPPER AND LOWER BOUNDS FOR OPTION PRICES

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


If the option price is above the upper bound or below the lower bound, there

are profitable opportunities for arbitrageurs.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Upper Bounds:



87

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

An American or European call option gives the holder the right to buy one

share of a stock for a certain price. No matter what happens, the option can never be

worth more than the stock. Hence, the stock price is an upper bound to the option

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


price:

c < So and C < So

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

If these relationships do not hold, an arbitrageur can easily make a risk less

profit by buying the stock and selling the call option.

An American or European put option gives the holder the right to sell one

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


share of a stock for X. No matter how low the stock price becomes, the option can

never be worth more than X. Hence

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

P< X and P < X

For European put options, we know that at time T the option will not be

worth more than X. It follows that its value today cannot be more than the present

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


value of X:

P < Xe- rT

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

If this were not true, an arbitrageur could make a risk less profit by selling

the option and investing the proceeds of the sale at the risk-free Interest rate.

Lower Bound for European Calls on Non-Dividend-Paying Stocks

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


A lower bound for the price of a European call option on a non-dividend-

paying stock is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

So -X- rT

First illustrated with a numerical example and then with a more formal

argument.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Suppose that So = Rs20, X = Rs18, r = 10% per annum, and T = 1 year. In this case,

So -Xe- rT = 20 -18e-0-i = 3.71

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



88
or Rs3.71. Consider the situation where the European call price is Rs3.00,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

which is less than the theoretical minimum of Rs3.71. An arbitrageur can buy

the call and short the stock. This provides a cash inflow of Rs20.00 ~ Rs3.00 =

Rs17.00. If invested for one year at 10% per annum, the Rs17.00 grows to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs18.79. At the end of the year, the option expires. If the stock price is greater

than Rs18, the arbitrageur exercises the option, closes out the short position,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and makes a profit of

Rs18.79 -Rs18.00 = Rs0.79

If the stock price is less than Rs18, the stock is bought in the .market and the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


short (X) position is closed out. The arbitrageur then makes an even greater profit.

For example, if the stock price is Rs17, the arbitrageur's profit is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs18.79 -Rs17.00 = l. 79

For a more formal argument, we consider the following two portfolios:

Portfolio A: one European call option plus an amount of cash equal to Xe- rT

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Portfolio B: one share)

In portfolio A, if the cash is invested at the risk-free interest rate, it will

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

grow to X at time T. If ST > X, the call option is exercised at time T and portfolio A

is worth ST. If ST < X, the call option expires worthless and the portfolio is worth X.
Hence, at time T portfolio A is worth

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

max(ST, X)

Portfolio B is worth ST at time T. Hence, portfolio A is always worth at

least as much and is sometimes worth more than, portfolio B at time T. It follows

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


that it must be , worth at least as much as portfolio B today. Hence

C + X e-rT > So

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

or

C > So -Xe-rT.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


89
Because the worst that can happen to a call option is that it expires

worthless, its value must be positive. This means that c > 0 and, therefore,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C+ Xe-rT > So

Or

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

C > max (So - Xe-rT, 0)

Lower Bound for European Puts on Non-Dividend-
Paying Stocks

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

For a European put option on a non-dividend-paying stock, a lower bound

for the price is


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Xe ?rT - So

Suppose that So = Rs37, X = Rs40, r = 5% per annum, and T = 0.5 year. In

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


this case

Xe-rT -So = 4Oe-o.osxo.s -37 = 2.01

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs2.01. Consider the situation where the European put price is Rs1.00,

which is less In the theoretical minimum of Rs2.01. An arbitrageur can borrow

Rs38.00 for six months to buy both the put and the stock. At the end of the six

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


months, the arbitrageur will be required to repay 38-o.osxo.s = Rs38.96. If the

stock price is below Rs40.00, : arbitrageur exercises the option to sell the stock

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

for Rs40.00, repays the loan, and makes a profit of

Rs40.00 -Rs38.96 = Rs1.04

If the stock price is greater than Rs40.00, the arbitrageur discards the option,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


sells and repays the loan for an even greater profit. For example, if the stock price

is. 2.00, the arbitrageur's profit is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs42.00 -Rs38.9.6 = Rs3.04

For a more formal argument, we consider the following two portfolios:

Portfolio C: one European put option plus one share

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




90
Portfolio D: an amount of cash equal to Xe-rT

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




If ST < X, the option in portfolio C is exercised at time T, and the portfolio

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

becomes worth X. If ST > X, the put option expires worthless, and the portfolio is

worth ST at time T. Hence portfolio C is worth max (ST. X) at time T. Assuming

that the cash is invested at the risk-free interest rate, portfolio D is worth X at time

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


T. Hence, portfolio C is always worth as much as, and is sometimes worth more

than, portfolio D at time T. It follows that in the absence of arbitrage opportunities.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Portfolio C must be worth at least as much as portfolio D today. Hence

p + So > Xe-rT

or

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


p > Xe-rT -So

Because the worst that can happen to a put option is that it expires

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

worthless, value must be non-negative. This means that

p > max (Xe-rT -So. 0)


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Summary - Factors affecting the option premium

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Call premium Put premium

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Longer time to expiration

+

+

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Higher price of underlying

+

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

-

Higher volatility of underlying

+

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


+

Higher exercise price

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

-

+

Higher interest rate

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


+

-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Dividend

-

+

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




91

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2.12.5. Greeks

The more sophisticated tools used to measure the potential variations of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

options premiums are as follows:

Delta
Gamma
Vega

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rho
Delta

Delta

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delta is the measure of an option's sensitivity to changes in the price of the

underlying asset. Therefore, it is the degree to which an option price will move

given a change in the underlying stock or index price, all else being equal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Change in option premium

Delta =

Change in underlying price

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


For example, an option with a delta of 0.5 will move Rs 5 for

every change of Rs 10 in the underlying stock or index.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Illustration:

A trader is considering buying a Call option on a futures contract, which

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


has a price of As 19. The premium for the Call option with a strike price of As 19

is 0.80. The delta for this option is +0.5. This means that if the price of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

underlying futures contract rises to As 20 -a rise of Rs.1 -then the premium will

increase by 0.5 x 1.00 = 0.50. The new option premium will be 0.80 + 0.50 = As

1.30.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




92
Far out-of-the-money calls will have a delta very close to zero, as the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


change in underlying price is not likely to make them valuable or cheap. At-the-

money call would have a delta of 0.5 and a deeply in-the-money call would have a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

delta close to 1.

While Call deltas are positive, Put deltas are negative, reflecting the fact

that the put option price and the underlying stock price are inversely related. This is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


because if one buys a put his view is bearish and expects the stock price to go

down. However, if the stock price moves up it is contrary to his view therefore, the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

value of the option decreases. The put delta equals the call delta minus 1.

It may be noted that if delta of one`s position is positive, he desires the

underlying asset to rise in price. On the contrary, if delta is negative, he wants the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


underlying asset's price to fall.

Uses: The knowledge of delta is of vital importance for option traders because this

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

parameter is heavily used in margining and risk management strategies. The delta

is often called the hedge ratio. e.g. if you have a portfolio of 'n' shares of a stock

then 'n' divided by the delta gives you the number of calls you would need to be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


short (i.e. need to write) to create a riskless hedge -i.e. a portfolio which would be

worth the same whether the stock price rose by a very small amount or fell by a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

very small amount.

In such a "delta neutral" portfolio any gain in the value of the shares held

due to a rise in the share price would be exactly offset by a loss on the value of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


calls written, and vice versa.

Note that as the delta changes with the stock price and time to expiration

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the number of shares would need to be continually adjusted to maintain the hedge.

How quickly the delta changes with the stock price are given by gamma, which we

shall learn subsequently.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




93
Gamma

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


This is the rate at which the delta value of an option increases or decreases

as a result of a move in the price of the underlying instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Change in an option delta

Gamma =

Change in underlying price

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


For example, if a Call option has a delta of 0.50 and a gamma of 0.05, then

a rise of +/- 1 in the underlying means the delta will move to 0.55 for a price rise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and 0.45 for a price fall. Gamma is rather like the rate of change in the speed of a

car -its acceleration -in moving from a standstill, up to its cruising speed, and

braking back to a standstill. Gamma is greatest for an A TM (at-the- money) option

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(cruising) and falls to zero as an option moves deeply ITM (in-the-money ) and

OTM (out-of-the-money) (standstill).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

If you are hedging a portfolio using the delta-hedge technique described

under "Delta", then you will want to keep gamma as small as possible as the smaller

it is the less often you will have to adjust the hedge to maintain a delta neutral

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


position. If gamma is too large a small change in stock price could wreck your

hedge. Adjusting gamma, however, can be tricky and is generally done using

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

options --unlike delta, it can't be done by buying or selling the underlying asset as

the gamma of the underlying asset is, by definition, always zero so more or less of it

won't affect the gamma of the total portfolio.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Theta

It is a measure of an option's sensitivity to time decay. Theta is the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

change in option price given a one-day decrease in time to expiration. It is a

measure of time decay (or time shrunk). Theta is generally used to gain an idea

of how time decay is affecting your portfolio.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




94
Change in an option premium

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Theta =



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Change in time to expiry

Theta is usually negative for an option as with a decrease in time, the option

value decreases. This is due to the fact that the uncertainty element in the price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


decreases.

Assume an option has a premium of 3 and a theta of 0.06. After one day it

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

will decline to 2.94, the second day to 2.88 and so on. Naturally other factors,

such as changes in value of the underlying stock will alter the premium. Theta is

only concerned with the time value. Unfortunately, we cannot predict with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


accuracy the change's in stock market's value, but we can measure exactly the

time remaining until expiration.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Vega

This is a measure of the sensitivity of an option price to changes in market

volatility. It is the change of an option premium for a given change -typically 1 % -

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


in the underlying volatility.

Change in an option premium

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Vega =

Change in volatility

If for example, XYZ stock has a volatility factor of 30% and the current

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


premium is 3, a Vega of .08 would indicate that the premium would increase to

3.08 if the volatility factor increased by 1 % to 31 %. As the stock becomes more

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

volatile the changes in premium will increase in the same proportion. Vega

measures the sensitivity of the premium to these changes in volatility.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


95
What practical use is the Vega to a trader? If a trader maintains a delta

neutral position, then it is possible to trade options purely in terms of volatility -

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the trader is not exposed to changes in underlying prices. "

Rho

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Rho measures the change in an option's price per unit increase -typically

1 % -in the cost of funding the underlying.

Change in an option premium

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Rho =

Change in cost of funding underlying

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Example:

Assume the value of Rho is 14.10. If the risk free interest rates go up by 1 %

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the price of the option will move by Rs 0.14109. To put this in another way: if the

risk-free interest rate changes by a small amount, then the option value should

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

change by 14.10 times that amount.

For example, if the risk-free interest rate increased by 0.01 (from 10% to 11

%), the option value would change by 14.10*0.01 = 0.14. For a put option, inverse

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


relationship exists. If the interest rate goes up the option value decreases and

therefore, Rho for a put option is negative. In general Rho tends to be small except

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

for long-dated options.

2.13.Options Pricing Models

There are various option pricing models which traders use to arrive at the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


right value of the option. Some of the most popular models have been enumerated

below.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



96
2.13.1. Binomial options pricing model

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The binomial options pricing model provides a generalisable numerical

method for the valuation of options. The binomial model was first proposed by Cox,

Ross and Rubinstein (1979). Essentially, the model uses a "discrete-time" model of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the varying price over time of the underlying financial instrument. Option valuation

is then via application of the risk neutrality assumption over the life of the option, as

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the price of the underlying instrument evolves.

This model approach is widely used in a variety of conditions for which

other models cannot be easily applied. This is used to value American options

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


which can be exercised at any point and Bermudan options which can be exercised

at various points. The model is also relatively simple, mathematically, and can

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

therefore be readily implemented in a software (or even spreadsheet) environment.

Although slower than the Black-Scholes model, it is considered more accurate,

particularly for longer-dated options, and options on securities with dividend

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


payments.

The Model

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The binomial pricing model uses a "discrete-time framework" to trace the

evolution of the option's key underlying variable via a binomial lattice (tree), for a

given number of time steps between valuation date and option expiration.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Each node in the lattice, represents a possible price of the underlying, at a

particular point in time. This price evolution forms the basis for the option

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

valuation.



97

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The valuation process is iterative, starting at each final node, and then

working backwards through the tree to the first node (valuation date), where the

calculated result is the value of the option.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Option valuation using this method is a three step process, which is as follows:

1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

price tree generation

2.

calculation of option value at each final node

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3.

progressive calculation of option value at each earlier node; the value at the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

first node is the value of the option.

The tree of prices is produced by working forward from valuation date to

expiration. At each step, it is assumed that the underlying instrument will move up

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


or down by a specific factor (u or d) per step of the tree. By definition,

and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

If S is the current price, then in the next period the price will either be

or

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


. The up and down factors are calculated using

the underlying volatility, and the time duration of a step, t, measured in years

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(using the day count convention of the underlying instrument).




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The above is the original Cox, Ross, & Rubinstein (CRR) method; there

are other techniques for generating the lattice, such as "the equal probabilities" tree.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



98
Option value at each final node

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

At each final node of the tree -- i.e. at expiration of the option -- the option

value is simply its intrinsic, or exercise, value.

Max [ (S ? K), 0 ], for a call option

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Max [ (K ? S), 0 ], for a put option:

(Where K is the Strike price and S is the spot price of the underlying asset)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Option value at earlier nodes

At each earlier node, the value of the option is calculated using the risk

neutrality assumption.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Under this assumption, today's fair price of a derivative is equal to the

discounted expected value of its future payoff. Expected value is therefore

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

calculated using the option values from the later two nodes (Option up and Option

down) weighted by their respective probabilities -- "probability" p of an up move in

the underlying, and "probability" (1-p) of a down move.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The expected value is then discounted at r, the risk free rate corresponding

to the life of the option. This result, the "Binomial Value", is thus the fair price of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the derivative at a particular point in time (i.e. at each node), given the evolution in

the price of the underlying to that point.

The Binomial Value is found for each node, starting at the penultimate time

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


step, and working back to the first node of the tree, the valuation date, where the

calculated result is the value of the option. For an American option, since the option

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


99
may either be held or exercised prior to expiry, the value at each node is: Max (

Binomial Value, Exercise Value).

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The Binomial Value is calculated as follows.

Binomial Value = [ p ? Option up + (1-p)? Option down] ? exp (- r ? t)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



q is the dividend yield of the underlying corresponding to the life of the

option.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Advantage: The big advantage is that it can be used to accurately price American

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

options. This is because, with the binomial model it's possible to check at every

point in an option's life (ie at every step of the binomial tree) for the possibility of

early exercise (eg where, due to eg a dividend, or a put being deeply in the money

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the option price at that point is less than the its intrinsic value).

Where an early exercise point is found it is assumed that the option holder

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

would elect to exercise and the option price can be adjusted to equal the intrinsic

value at that point. This then flows into ( the calculations higher up the tree and so

on.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Limitation: As mentioned before the main disadvantage of the binomial model is

its relatively slow speed. It's great for half a dozen calculations at a time but even

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

with today's fastest PCs it's not a practical solution for the calculation of thousands

of prices in a few seconds which is what's required for the production of the

animated charts in strategy evaluation model.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




100
2.13.2. Black-Scholes Model

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The Black?Scholes model is a model of the evolving price of financial

instruments, in particular stocks. It is a mathematical formula for the theoretical

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

value of European put and call stock options derived from the assumptions of the

model. The formula was derived by Fischer Black and Myron Scholes and

published in 1973. They built on earlier research by Edward Thorpe, Paul

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Samuelson, and Robert C. Merton. The fundamental insight of Black and Scholes is

that the option is implicitly priced if the stock is traded.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Merton and Scholes received the 1997 Nobel Prize in Economics for this

and related work; Black was ineligible, having died in 1995.

The key assumptions of the Black?Scholes model are:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The price of the underlying instrument St follows a geometric Brownian

motion with constant drift and volatility :

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



It is possible to short sell the underlying stock.

There are no arbitrage opportunities.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Trading in the stock is continuous.

There are no transaction costs or taxes.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

All securities are perfectly divisible (e.g. it is possible to buy 1/100th of a

share).


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


101
A constant risk-free interest rate exists and is the same for all maturity dates.

The formula

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The above lead to the following formula for the price of a call option with

exercise price K on a stock currently trading at price S,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

i.e., the right to buy a share of the stock at price K after T years. The

constant interest rate is r, and the constant stock volatility is .


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


where



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Here N is the standard normal cumulative distribution function.

The price of a put option may be computed from this by put-call parity and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


simplifies to



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The Greeks under the Black?Scholes model are also easy to calculate:



102

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Calls

Puts

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


delta



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



gamm

a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




vega

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



theta


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




rho

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Here, is the standard normal probability density function. Note that the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


gamma and vega formulas are the same for calls and puts.

Instruments paying continuous dividends

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The dividend payment paid over the time period [t,t + dt] is then modelled as



for some constant q (the dividend yield).

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Under this formulation the arbitrage-free price implied by the Black?Scholes model

can be shown to be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



103


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

where now



is the modified forward price that occurs in the terms d1 and d2:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments paying discrete dividends

It is also possible to extend the Black?Scholes framework to options on

instruments paying discrete dividends. This is useful when the option is struck on a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


single stock.

A typical model is to assume that a proportion of the stock price is paid

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

out at pre-determined times T1,T2,.... The price of the stock is then modelled as



where n(t) is the number of dividends that have been paid by time t.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The price of a call option on such a stock is again



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



104
where now

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



is the forward price for the dividend paying stock.

While in practice more advanced models are often used, many of the key

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


insights provided by the Black?Scholes formula have become an integral part of

market conventions. For instance, it is common practice for the implied volatility

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

rather than the price of an instrument to be quoted. (All the parameters in the model

other than the volatility--that is the time to maturity, the strike, the risk-free rate,

and the current underlying price--are unequivocally observable. This means there

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


is one-to-one relationship between the option price and the volatility.) Traders

prefer to think in terms of volatility as it allows them to evaluate and compare

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

options of different maturities, strikes, and so on.

However, the Black?Scholes model cannot match option prices at different

strikes and maturities observed on the market. If the Black?Scholes model held,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


then the implied volatility surface (the map from strike and maturity to implied

volatility) of an option on a particular stock would be constant. In practice, the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

volatility surface (the three-dimensional graph of implied volatility against strike

and maturity) is not flat: for a fixed maturity it is typically smile-shaped (see

volatility smile). That is, at-the-money (the option for which the underlying price

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


and strike coincide) the implied volatility is lowest; out-of-the-money or in-the-

money the implied volatility tends to be different, usually higher on the put side

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(low strikes), and call side (high strikes).



105

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

In fact, the volatility surface of a given underlying instrument depends on,

among other things, its 'perceived' distribution and is constantly changing as

investors, market-makers, and arbitrageurs re-evaluate the probability of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


underlying instrument reaching a given strike and the risk-reward (including factors

related to liquidity) associated to it.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Lognormal distribution: The model is based on a lognormal distribution of stock

prices, as opposed to a normal, or bell-shaped, distribution. The lognormal

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


distribution allows for a stock price distribution of between zero and infinity (ie no

negative prices) and has an upward bias (representing the fact that a stock price

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

can only drop 100 per cent but can rise by more than 100 per cent).



Risk-neutral valuation: The expected rate of return of the stock (ie the expected

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


rate of growth of the underlying asset which equals the risk free rate plus a risk

premium) is not one of the variables in the Black-Scholes model (or any other

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

model for option valuation). The important implication is that the price of an

option is completely independent of the expected growth of the underlying asset

Thus, while any two investors may strongly disagree on the rate of return they

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


expect on a stock they will, given agreement to the assumptions of volatility and

the risk free rate, always agree on the fair price of the option on that underlying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

asset.

The key concept underlying the valuation of all derivatives --the fact that

price of an option is independent of the risk preferences of investors --is called

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


risk-neutral valuation. It means that all derivatives can be valued by assuming that

the return from their underlying assets is the risk free rate.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



106
Advantage: The main advantage of the Black-Scholes model is speed --it lets you

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculate a very large number of option prices in a very short time. Since, high

accuracy is not critical for American option pricing (eg when animating a chart to

show the effects of time decay) using' Black-Scholes is a good option. But, the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


option of using the binomial model is also advisable for the relatively few pricing

and profitability numbers where accuracy may be important and speed is irrelevant.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

You can experiment with the Black-Scholes model using on-line options pricing

calculator.

Limitation: Dividends are ignored in the basic Black-Scholes formula, but there

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


are a number of widely used adaptations to the original formula, which enable it to

handle both discrete and continuous dividends accurately.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



However, despite these adaptations the Black-Scholes model has one major

limitation: it cannot be used to accurately price options with an American-style

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


exercise as it only calculates the option price at one point in time --at expiration. It

does not consider the steps along the way where there could be the possibility of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

early exercise of an American option.

As all exchange traded equity options have American-style exercise (ie they

can be exercised at any time as opposed to European options which can only be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


exercised at expiration) this is a significant limitation.

The exception to this is an American call on a non-dividend paying asset. In

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

this case the call is always worth the same as its European equivalent as there is

never any advantage in exercising early.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2.14. TRADING STRATEGIES

2.14.1. Bull Market Strategies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



107


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Call in a Bullish Strategy:



An investor with a bullish market outlook should buy call option. It one

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


expects the market price of the underlying asset to rise, then, he would rather have

the right to purchases at a specified price and sell later at a higher price than have

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the obligation to deliver later at a higher price.




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The investor`s profit potential on buying a call option is unlimited. His

profit is the market price less the exercise price less the premium. The increase in

price of the underlying increases the investor`s profit.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The investor's potential loss is limited. Even if the market takes a drastic

decline in price levels, the holder of a call is under no obligation to exercise the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

option and let the option expire worthless. The investor breaks even when the

market price equals the exercise price plus the premium.

An increase in volatility will increase the value of call and thereby increases

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the return. Because of the increased likelihood that the option will become in- the-

money, an increase in the underlying volatility (before expiration), will increase the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

value of a long options position.

Puts in a Bullish Strategy


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


108
An investor with a bullish market outlook can also go short on a Put option.

Basically, an investor anticipating a bull market could write put options. If the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


market price increases and puts become out-of-the-money, investors with long put

positions will let their options expire worthless.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

By writing Puts, profit potential is limited. A Put writer profits when the

price of the underlying asset increases and the option expires worthless. The

maximum profit is limited to the premium received.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


However, the potential loss is unlimited. Because a short put position

holder has an obligation to purchase if exercised. He will be exposed to potentially

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

large losses if the market moves against his position and declines.

The break-even point occurs when the market price equals the exercise

price: minus the premium. At any price less than the exercise price minus the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


premium, the investor loses money on the transaction. At higher prices, his option

is profitable.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

An increase in volatility will increase the value of your put and decrease

your return. As an option writer, the higher price you will be forced to pay in order

to buy back the option at a later date, lower is the return.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Bullish Call Spread Strategies

A vertical call spread is the simultaneous purchase and sale of identical call

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

options but with different exercise prices.

To "buy a call spread" is to purchase a call with a lower exercise price and

to write a call with a higher exercise price. The trader pays a net premium for the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


position.

To "sell a call spread" is the opposite, here the trader buys a call with a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

higher exercise price and writes a call with a lower exercise price, receiving a net

premium for the position.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


109


An investor with a bullish market outlook should buy a call spread. The

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


"Bull Call Spread" allows the investor to participate to a limited extent in a bull

market, while at the same time limiting risk exposure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




To put on a bull spread, the trader needs to buy the lower strike call and sell

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the higher strike call. The combination of these two options will result in a bought

spread. The cost of Putting on this position will be the difference between the

premium paid for the low strike call and the premium received for the high strike

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


call.

The investor's profit potential is limited. When both calls are in-the-money,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

both will be exercised and the maximum profit will be realised. The investor

delivers on his short call and receives a higher price than he is paid for receiving

delivery on his long call.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




110
The investor`s potential loss is limited. At the most, the investor can

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


lose is the net premium. He pays a higher premium for the lower exercise price

call than he receives for writing the higher exercise price call than he receives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

for writing the higher exercise price call.

The investor breaks even when the market price equals the lower

exercise price plus the net premium. At the most, an investor can lose is the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


net premium paid. To recover the premium, the market price must be as great

as the lower exercise price plus the net premium.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

An example of a Bullish call spread:

Let's assume that the cash price of scrip is Rs. 100 and one bought a

November call option with a strike price of Rs. 90 and paid a premium of Rs.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


14. At the same time he sold another November call option on scrip with a

strike price of Rs.110 and received a premium of Rs.4. Here, he is buying a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

lower strike price option and selling a higher strike price option. This would

result in a net outflow of Rs.10 at the time of establishing the spread.

Now let us look at the fundamental reason for this position. Since this

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


is a bullish strategy, the first position established in the spread is the long

lower strike price call option with unlimited profit potential. At the same time

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

to reduce the cost of purchase of the long position a short position at a higher

call strike price is established. While this not only reduces the outflow in terms

of premium but also his profit potential and at the sometime the risk is limited.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Based on the above figures the maximum profit, maximum loss and breakeven

point of this spread would be as follows:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Maximum profit = Higher strike price -Lower strike price -Net premium paid

= 110-90-10

= 10

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




111

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Maximum Loss = Lower strike premium -Higher strike premium

= 14-4 = 10

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Breakeven Price = Lower strike price + Net premium paid

= 90 + 10 = 100

Bullish Put Spread Strategies

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


A vertical Put spread is the simultaneous purchase and sale of identical Put

options but with different exercise prices.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

To "buy a put spread" is to purchase a Put with a higher exercise price and

to write a Put with a lower exercise price. The trader pays a net premium for the

position.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


To "sell a put spread" is the opposite: the trader buys a Put with a lower

exercise price and writes a put with a higher exercise price, receiving a net premium

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

for the position.

An investor with a bullish market outlook should sell a Put spread.

The "vertical bull put spread" allows the investor to participate to a limited

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


extent in a bull market, while at the same time limiting risk exposure.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

To put on a bull spread can be created by buying the lower strike and

selling the higher strike of either calls or put. The difference between the premiums

paid and received makes up one leg of the spread.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

112
The investor's profit potential is limited. When the market price reaches or

exceeds the higher exercise price, both options will be out-of-the-money and will

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

expire worthless. The trader will realize his maximum profit, the net premium.

The investor's potential loss is also limited. If the market falls, the options

will be in-the-money. The puts will offset one another, but at different exercise

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


prices.

The investor breaks-even when the market price equals the lower exercise

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

price less the n premium. The investor achieves maximum profit i.e. the premium

received; when the mark price moves up beyond the higher exercise price (both

puts are then worthless).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




An example of a bullish put spread.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Lets us assume that the cash price of the scrip is Rs.100. One now buys

November put option scrip with a strike price of Rs.90 at a premium of Rs.5 and

sells a put option with a strike price Rs.110 at a premium of Rs.15.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The first position is a short put at a higher strike price. This has resulted in

some inflow in terms of premium. But here the trader is worried about risk and so

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

caps his risk by buying another put option at the lower strike price. As such, a part

of the premium received goes off and the ultimate position has limited risk and

limited profit potential. Based on the above figures the maximum profit, maximum

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


loss and breakeven point of this spread would be as follows:

Maximum profit = Net option premium income or net credit

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

= 15-5= 10

Maximum loss = Higher strike price -Lower strike price -Net premium

received

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


= 110-90-10= 10



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

113


Breakeven Price = Higher Strike price -Net premium income

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

= 110-10= 100

2.14.2. Bear Market Strategies

Puts in a Bearish Strategy

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


When one purchases a put he is long and wants the market to fall. A put

option is a bearish position which will increase in value if the market falls. By

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

purchasing put options, the trader has the right to choose whether to sell the

underlying asset at the exercise price. In a falling market, this choice is preferable

to being obligated to buy the underlying at a price higher.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

An investor's profit potential is practically unlimited. The higher the fall in

price of the underlying asset, higher the profits.

The investor's potential loss is limited. If the price of the underlying asset

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


rises instead of falling as' the investor has anticipated, he may let the option expire

worthless. At the most, he may lose the premium for the option.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The trader's breakeven point is the exercise price minus the premium. To

profit, the market price must be below the exercise price. Since the trader has paid

a premium he must recover the premium he paid for the option.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




114
An increase in volatility will increase the value of the put and increases

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the return. An increase in volatility will make it more likely that the price of the

underlying instrument will move, increasing the value of the option.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Calls in a Bearish Strategy

Another option for a bearish investor is to go short on a call with the intent

to purchase it back in the future. By selling a call, you have a net short position

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and needs to be bought back before expiration and cancel out your position.

For this an Investor needs to write a call option. If the market price falls,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

long call holders will let their out-of-the-money options expire worthless, because

they could purchase the underlying asset at the lower market price.

The investor's profit potential is limited because the trader's maximum profit

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


is limited to the premium received for writing the option.

Here the loss potential is unlimited because a short call position holder has

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

an obligation to sell if exercised; he will be exposed to potentially large losses if

the market rises against his position.

The investor breaks even when the market price equals the exercise price:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


plus the premium. At any price greater than the exercise price plus the premium,

the trader is losing money. When the market price equals the exercise price plus the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

premium, the trader breaks even.

An increase in volatility will increase the value of call and decreases its

return.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


When the option writer has to buy back the option in order to cancel out his

position, he will be forced to pay a higher price due to the increased value of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calls.



Bearish Put Spread Strategies

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




115
A vertical put spread is the simultaneous purchase and sale of identical put

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


options but with different exercise prices.

To "buy a put spread" is to purchase a put with a higher exercise price and to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

write a put with a lower exercise price. The trader pays a net premium for the

position.

To "sell a put spread" is the opposite. The trader buys a put with a lower

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


exercise price and writes put with a higher exercise price, receiving a net premium

for the position.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

To put on a bear put spread buy the higher strike put and sell the lower strike

put.

Sell the lower strike and buy the higher strike of either calls or puts to set up

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


a bear spread.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

An investor with a bearish market outlook should: buy a put spread. The

Bear Put Spread allows the investor to participate to a limited extent in a bear

marker, while at the same time limiting risk exposure.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The investor's profit potential is limited. When the market price falls to or

below the lower exercise price, both options will be in-the-money and the trader

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

will realize his maximum profit when he recovers the net premium paid for the

options.

The investor's potential loss is limited. The trader has offsetting positions at

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


different exercise prices. If the market rises rather than falls, the options will be

out-of-the-money and expire worthless. Since the trader has paid a net premium.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The investor breaks even when the market price equals the higher exercise

price less the net premium. For the strategy to be profitable, the market price must

fall. When the market price falls to the high exercise price less the net premium, the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


trader breaks even. When the market falls beyond this point, the trader profits.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

116


An example of a bearish put spread.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Let`s assume that the cash price of the scrip is Rs 100. One buys a

November put option on scrip with a strike price of Rs 110 at a premium of Rs 15

and sell a put option with a strike price of Rs 90 at a premium of Rs 5.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


In this bearish position the put is taken as long on a higher strike price put

with the outgo of some premium. This position has huge profit potential on

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

downslide. The trader may recover a part of the premium paid by him by writing a

lower strike price put option. The resulting position is a mildly bearish position with

limited risk and limited profit profile. Though the trader has reduced the cost of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


taking a bearish position, he has also capped the profit potential as well. The

maximum profit, maximum loss and breakeven point of this spread would be as

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

follows:

Maximum profit = Higher strike price option -Lower strike price option -Net premium paid

= 110-90-10= 10

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Maximum loss = Net premium paid

= 15-5= 10

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Breakeven Price = Higher strike price -Net premium paid

= 110-10= 100


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


117


Bearish Call Spread Strategies

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


A vertical call spread is the simultaneous purchase and sale of identical call

options but with different exercise prices.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To "buy a cal' spread" is to purchase a call with a lower exercise price and to

write a call with a higher exercise price. The trader pays a net premium for the

position.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


To "sell a call spread" is the opposite: the trader buys a call with a higher

exercise price and writes a call with a lower exercise price, receiving a net premium

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

for the position.

To put on a bear ca" spread you sell the lower strike call and buy the

higher strike call. An investor sells the lower strike and buys the higher strike of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


either calls or puts to put on a bear spread.

An investor with a bearish market outlook should: sell a call spread. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

"Bear Call Spread" allows f the investor to participate to a limited extent in a bear

market, while at the same time limiting risk exposure.

The investor's profit potential is limited. When the market price falls to the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


lower exercise price, both out-of-the-money options will expire worthless. The

maximum profit that the trader can realize is the net premium: The premium he

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

receives for the call at the higher exercise price.



Here the investor's potential loss is limited. If the market rises, the options

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


will offset one another, At any price greater than the high exercise price, the

maximum loss will equal high exercise price minus low exercise price minus net

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

premium.




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

118


The investor breaks even when the market price equals the lower exercise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

price plus the net premium. The strategy becomes profitable as the market price

declines. Since the trader is receiving a net premium, the market price does not

have to fall as low as the lower exercise price to breakeven.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





An example of a bearish call spread.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Let us assume that the cash price of the scrip is Rs.100. One now buys a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

November call option on scrip with a strike price of Rs.110 at a premium of Rs.5

and sells a call option with a strike price of Rs.90 at a premium of Rs.15.

In this spread he has to buy a higher strike price call option and sell a lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


strike price option. As the low strike price option is more expensive than the

higher strike price option, it is a net credit strategy. The final position is left with

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

limited risk and limited profit. The maximum profit, maximum loss and breakeven

point of this spread would be as follows:


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


119


Maximum profit = Net premium received

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


= 15-5= 10

Maximum loss = Higher strike price option -Lower strike price option -Net premium

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

received

= 110-90-10= 10

Breakeven Price = Lower strike price + Net premium paid

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


= 90 + 10 = 100

2.14.3 Volatile Market Strategies

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Straddles in a Volatile Market Outlook

Volatile market trading strategies are appropriate when the trader believes the

market will move but does not have an opinion on the direction of movement of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the market. As long as there is significant movement upwards or downwards,

these strategies offer profit opportunities. A trader need not be bullish or bearish.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

He must simply be of the opinion that the market is volatile.

A straddle is the simultaneous purchase (or sale) of two identical options,

one a call and the other a put.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


To "buy a straddle" is to purchase a call and a put with the same exercise

price and expiration date.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

To "sell a straddle" is the opposite: the trader sells a call and a put with the

same exercise price and expiration date.

A trader, viewing a market as volatile, should buy option straddles. A "straddle

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


purchase" allows the trader to profit from either a bull market or from a bear

market.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




120

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Here the investor's profit potential is unlimited. If the market is volatile, the

trader can profit from an up- or downward movement by exercising the appropriate

option while letting the other option expire worthless. (Bull market, exercise the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


call; bear market, the put.)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



If the price of the underlying asset remains stable instead of either rising or

falling as the trader anticipated, the maximum he will lose is the premium he paid

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


for the options.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

121
In this case the trader has long two positions and thus, two breakeven

points. One is for the call which is exercise price plus the premiums paid, and the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

other for the put, which is exercise price minus the premiums paid.

Strangles in a Volatile Market Outlook

A strangle is similar to a straddle, except that the call and the put have

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


different exercise price usually, both the call and the put are out-of-the-money.

To "buy a strangle" is to purchase a call and a put with the same expiration

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date, but differ exercise prices.

To "sell a strangle" is to write a call and a put with the same expiration date,

but different exercise prices.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


A trader, viewing a market as volatile, should buy strangles. A "strangle

purchase" allows the trader to profit from either a bull or bear market. Because

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the options are typically out-of-the money, the market must move to a greater

degree than a straddle purchase to be profitable.

The trader's profit potential is unlimited. If the market is volatile, the trader

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


can profit from up or downward movement by exercising the appropriate option,

and letting the other expire worthless. (In a bull market, exercise the call; in a bear

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

market exercise the put).

The investor's potential loss is limited. Should the price of the underlying

remain stable, the most the trader would lose is the premium he paid for the options.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Here the loss potential is also very minimal because, the more the options are out-

of-the-money, the lesser the premiums.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Here the trader has two long positions and thus, two breakeven points.

One for the call, which breakevens when the market price equal the high

exercise price plus the premium paid, and the put, when the market price equals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the low exercise price minus the premium paid.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

122
The Short Butterfly Call Spread:

Like the volatility positions, the Short Butterfly position will realize a profit

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

if the market makes a substantial move. It also uses a combination of puts and calls

to achieve its profit/loss profile -but combines them in such a manner that the

maximum profit is limited.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The profit loss profile of a short butterfly spread looks like two short options

coming together at the center Calls.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

One`s potential gains or losses are: limited on both the upside and the

downside.

The Call Ratio Back spread

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The call ratio back spread is similar in contraction to the short butterfly call

spread. The only difference is that one omits one of the components (or legs) used

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

to build the short butterfly when constructing a call ratio back spread.

When putting on a call ratio back spread, one is neutral but wants the

market to move in either direction. The call ratio back spread will lose money if the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


market sits. The market outlook one would have in putting on this position would

be for a volatile market, with greater probability that the market will rally.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

To put on a call ratio back spread, one sells one of the lower strikes and buy

two or more of the higher strike. By selling an expensive lower strike option and

buying two less expensive high strike options, one receives an initial credit for this

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


position. The maximum loss is then equal to the high strike price minus the low

strike price minus the initial net premium received.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The profit on the downside is limited to the initial net premium received

when setting up the spread. The upside profit is unlimited.

An increase in implied volatility will make the spread more profitable.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Increased volatility increases a long option position's value. The greater number of



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

123
long options will cause this spread to become more profitable when volatility

increases.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The Put Ratio Backspread

In combination positions (e.g. bull spreads, butterflies, ratio spreads), one

can use calls or puts to achieve similar, if not identical, profit profiles. Like its call

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


counterpart, the put ratio backspread combines options to create a spread which

has limited loss potential and a mixed profit potential.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

It is created by combining long and short puts in a ratio of 2: 1 or 3: 1. In a

3: 1 spread, one would buy three puts at a low exercise price and write one put

at a high exercise price. While one may, of course, extend this position out to six

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


long and two short or nine long and three short, it is important that one respect

the (in this case) 3: 1 ratio in order to maintain the put ratio backspread

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

profitless profile.

When put on a put ratio backspread one is neutral but wants the market to

move in either direction.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


One`s market expectations here would be for a volatile market with a greater

probability that the market will fall than rally.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Unlimited profit would be realized on the downside.

The two long puts offset the short put and result in practically unlimited

profit on the bearish side of the market. The cost of the long puts is offset by the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


premium received for the (more expensive) short put, resulting in a net premium

received.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

To put on a put ratio backspread, one buy two or more of the lower strike

and sell one of the higher strike.

One sells the more expensive put and buy two or more of the cheaper put.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


One usually receives an initial net premium for putting on this spread. The



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

124


Maximum loss is equal to: High strike price -Low strike price -Initial net

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

premium received.

2.14.4. Stable Market Strategies

Straddles in a Stable Market Outlook

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


A straddle is the simultaneous purchase (or sale) of two identical

options, one a call and the other a put.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

To "buy a straddle" is to purchase a call and a put with the same

exercise price and expiration date.

To "sell a straddle" is the opposite: the trader sells a call and a put

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


with the same exercise price and expiration date.

A trader, viewing a market as stable, should: write option straddles. A

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

"straddle sale" allows the trader to profit from writing calls and puts in a stable

market environment.

The investor's profit potential is limited. If the market remains stable, traders

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


long out-of-the- money calls or puts will let their options expire worthless. Writers

of these options will not called to deliver and will profit from the sum of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

premiums received.

The investor's potential loss is unlimited. Should the price of the underlying

rise or fall, the writer of a call or put would have to deliver, exposing him to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


unlimited loss if he has to deliver on the call and practically unlimited loss if on the

put.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



125


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The breakeven points occur when the market price at expiration equals the

exercise price plus the premium and minus the premium. The trader is short two

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

positions and thus, two breakeven points; One for the call (common exercise price

plus the premiums paid), and one for the put (common exercise price minus the

premiums paid).

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Strangles in a Stable Market Outlook

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

A strangle is similar to a straddle, except that the call and the put have

different exercise prices. Usually, both the call and the put are out-of-the-money.

To "buy a strangle" is to purchase a call and a put with the same expiration

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


date, but different exercise prices. Usually the call strike price is higher than the put

strike price.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



126


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

To "sell a strangle" is to write a call and a put with the same expiration date,

but different exercise prices.

A trader, viewing a market as stable, should: write strangles.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


A "strangle sale" allows the trader to profit from a stable market.

The investor's profit potential is: limited.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

If the market remains stable, investors having out-of-the-money long put or

long call positions will let their options expire worthless and seller of the options

will have limited Profit and will be equal to the premium received.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The investor's potential loss is: unlimited.

If the price of the underlying interest rises or falls instead of remaining

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stable as anticipated, he will have to deliver on the call or the put.

The breakeven points occur when market price at expiration equals the high

exercise price the premium and the low exercise price minus the premium.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The trader is short two positions and thus, two breakeven points. One for the

call (high exercise price plus the premiums paid), and one for the put (low exercise

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

price minus the premiums paid).




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





The risk is lower with a strangle. Although the seller gives up a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


substantial amount of potential profit by selling a strangle rather than a

straddle, he also holds less risk. Notice that the strangle requires more of a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

price move in both directions before it begins to lose money.



127

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Long Butterfly Call Spread Strategy: The long butterfly call spread is a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


combination of a bull spread and a bear spread, utilizing calls and three different

exercise prices.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

A long butterfly call spread involves:

Buying a call with a low exercise price,
Writing two calls with a mid-range exercise price,
Buying a call with a high exercise price.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


This spread is put on by purchasing one each of the outside strikes and

selling two of the inside strike. To put on a short butterfly, you do just the opposite.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The investor's profit potential is limited.

Maximum profit is attained when the market price of the underlying interest

equals the mid-range exercise price (if the exercise prices are symmetrical).

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



The investor's potential loss is limited.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


128


The maximum loss is limited to the net premium paid and is realized when

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the market price underlying asset is higher than the high exercise price or lower

than the low exercise price.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The breakeven points occur when the market price at expiration equals the

high exercise minus the premium and the low exercise price plus the premium. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

strategy is profitable when the market price is between the low exercise price plus

the net premium and the high exercise price minus the net premium.

Calendar Spreads

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


A calendar spread can be created by selling a call option with a certain strike

price and buying a longer-maturity call option with the same strike price. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

longer the maturity of an option the more experience its. A calendar spread, there

fore required an initial investment. The following figure shows the: profit from a

calendar spread at the time when the short-maturity option expires. (It is assumed

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


that the long-maturity option is sold at this time.) The trader makes a profit if the



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

129


stock price at the expiration of the short-maturity option is close to the strike price

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the short-maturity option. However, a loss is incurred if the stock price is

significantly above or significantly below this strike price.

To understand the profit pattern from a calendar spread, first consider what

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


happens if the stock price is very low when the short-maturity option expires. The

short-maturity option is worthless, and the value of the long-maturity option is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

close to zero. The trader, therefore, incurs a loss that is only a little less than the

cost of setting up the spread initially. Consider next what happens if the stock

price, ST, is very high when the short-maturity option expires. The short-maturity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


option costs the trader ST -' X, I and the long-maturity option is worth a little more

than ST -Xl where Xl is the strike price of die options. Again, the trader has a net loss
that is a little less than the cost of setting up the spread initially. If ST is close to X,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the short-maturity option costs the trader either a small amount or nothing at all.

However, the long-maturity option is still quite valuable. In this case, a significant

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

net profit is made.




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


130



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Calendar Spread Created using two calls.



In a neutral calendar spread a strike price close to the current stock price is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


chosen. A bullish calendar spread involves a higher strike price, whereas a bearish

calendar spread, involves a lower strike price.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Calendar spread created using two puts.

Calendar spreads can be created with put options as well as call options. The

trader buys long maturity put option and sells a short-maturity put option. As shown

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


in the above figure, the profit pattern is similar to that obtained fro

m using calls.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

A reverse calendar spread is the opposite trading strategy where the trader

buys a short-maturity option and sells a long-maturity option. A small profit arises

if the stock price at the expiration of the short-maturity option is well above or well

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


below the strike price of the short-maturity option. However, a significant loss

results if it is close to the strike price.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



131
Diagonal Spreads

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Bull, bear, and calendar spreads can all be created from a long position in

one call (put) and a short position in another call (put). In the case of bull and rear

spreads, the calls (puts) have different strike prices and the same expiration date. In

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the case of calendar spreads, the calls (puts) have the same strike price and different

expiration dates. In it diagonal spread both the expiration dates and the strike prices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the call (puts) are different. There are several types of diagonal spreads. Their

profit pattern is generally variations on the profit patterns from the corresponding

bull or spreads.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


COMBINATIONS

A combination is an option trading strategy that involves taking a position in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

both calls and puts on the same stock. We will consider straddles, strips, straps, and

strangles.

Straddle

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


One popular combination is a straddle, which involves buying a call and a

put with the same strike price and expiration date. The profit pattern is shown in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Figure 8.10. The strike price is denoted by X. If the stock price is close to this

strike price at expiration of the options, the straddle leads to a loss. However, if

there is a sufficiently large move in either direction, a significant profit will result

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The payoff from a straddle is calculated in Table 8.4.

A straddle is appropriate when a trader is expecting a large move in a stock

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

price but does not know in which direction the move will be. Consider a trader

who feels that the price of a certain stock, currently valued at Rs69 by the market.

Will move significantly in the next three months. The trader could create

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


astraddle by buying both a put and a call with a strike price of Rs70 and an

expiration date in three months. Suppose that the call costs Rs4 and the put costs

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



132


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs3. If the stock price stays at Rs69, it is easy to see that the strategy costs the

trader Rs6. (An up-


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Straddle

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


front investment of Rs7 is required, the call expires worthless, and the put expires

worth Rs1.) If the stock price moves to Rs70, a loss of Rs7 is experienced- (This

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

is the worst that can happen.)

Range of


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Pay of From

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Pay of From Total

Stock Price

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Call




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Put



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Payoff



ST < X

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

0




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




X-ST

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

X ? ST

ST > X


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


ST ? X



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



0


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


ST - X

However, if the stock price jumps to Rs90, a profit ofRs13 is made; if the stock

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

moves down to Rs55, a profit of'i; 8 is made; and so on.

A straddle seems like a natural trading strategy when a big jump in the price of a

company's stock is expected for example, when there is a takeover bid for the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


company or when the outcome of a major lawsuit is expected to be announced soon.

However, this is not necessarily the case. If the general view of the market is that

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

there will be a big jump in the stock price soon, that view will be reflected in the

prices of options. A trader will find options on the stock to be significantly more

expensive i than options on a similar stock for which no jump is expected. For a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


straddle to be a t effective strategy, the trader must believe that there are likely to be



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

133


big movements in the stock price, and this belief must be different from those of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

most other market participants.

The straddle in Figure 8.10 is sometimes referred to as a bottom straddle or

straddle purchase. A top straddle or straddle write is the reverse position. It is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


created by selling a call and a put with the same exercise price and expiration date.

It is a highly risky strategy. If the stock price on the expiration date is close to the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

strike price, a significant profit results. However, the loss arising from a large move

in either direction is unlimited.

Strips and Strops

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


A strip consists of a long position in one call and two puts with the same

strike price and one put with the same price and expiration data. A strap consists

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of a long position in two calls and one put with the same strike price and expiration

data. The profit patterns from strips and straps are show in Figure 8.11. In a strip

the trader is betting that there will be a big stock price move and considers a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


decrease in the stock price to be more likely than an increase. In a strap the trader

is also betting that there will be a big stock price move. However, in a strap the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

trader is also betting that there will be a big stock price move. However, in this

case, an increase in the stock price is considered to be more likely than a decrease.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



134
Profit potentials from a strip and strap.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Option strategies ? in brief

Combining any of the four basic kinds of option trades (possibly with

different exercise prices) and the two basic kinds of stock trades (long and short)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


allows a variety of options strategies. Simple strategies usually combine only a few

trades, while more complicated strategies can combine several.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Covered call -- Long the stock, short a call. This has essentially the same

payoff as a short put.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Straddle -- Long a call and long a put with the same exercise prices (a long

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

straddle), or short a call and short a put with the same exercise prices (a short

straddle).


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Strangle -- Long a call and long a put with different exercise prices (a long

strangle), or short a call and short a put with different exercise prices (a short

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

strangle).



Bull spread -- Long a call with a low exercise price and shorts a call with a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


higher exercise price, or long a put with a low exercise price and short a put

with a higher exercise price.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Bear spread -- Short a call with a low exercise price and long a call with a

higher exercise price, or short a put with a low exercise price and long a put

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


with a higher exercise price.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Butterfly -- Butterflies require trading options with 3 different exercise

prices. Assume exercise prices X1 < X2 < X3 and that (X1 + X3) /2 = X2

o

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Long butterfly -- long 1 call with exercise price X1, short 2 calls with

exercise price X2, and long 1 call with exercise price X3. Alternatively, long 1

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



135
put with exercise price X1, short 2 puts with exercise price X2, and long 1 put

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

with exercise price X3.

o

Short butterfly -- short 1 call with exercise price X1, long 2 calls with

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


exercise price X2, and short 1 call with exercise price X3. Alternatively, short

1 put with exercise price X1, long 2 puts with exercise price X2, and short 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

put with exercise price X3.



Box spreads -- Any combination of options that has a constant payoff at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


expiry. For example combining a long butterfly made with calls, with a short

butterfly made with puts will have a constant payoff of zero, and in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

equilibrium will cost zero. In practice any profit from these spreads will be

eaten up by commissions (hence the name "alligator spreads").


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2.15. Margin Money

The aim of margin money is to minimize the risk of default by either

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

counter-party. The payment of margin ensures that the risk is limited to the previous

day's price movement on each outstanding position. However, even this exposure is

offset by the initial margin holdings. Margin money is like a security deposit or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


insurance against a possible future loss of value.

There are different types of margin:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Initial Margin - Based on 99% Value at Risk (VaR) and worst case loss over

a specified horizon, which depends on the time in which Mark to Market margin is

collected. The basic aim of Initial margin is to cover the largest potential loss in one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




136
day. Both buyer and seller have to deposit margins. The initial margin is deposited

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


before the opening of the position in the Futures transaction

Mark to Market Margin (MTM)- collected in cash for all futures contracts

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and adjusted against the available liquid net worth for option positions. In

the case of Futures Contracts MTM may be considered as Mark to Market

Settlement. All daily losses must be met by depositing of further collateral -

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


known as variation margin, which is required by the close of business, the

following day. Any profits on the contract are credited to the client's

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

variation margin account.

Maintenance Margin - Some exchanges work on the system of maintenance

margin, which is set at a level slightly less than initial margin. The margin is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


required to be replenished to the level of initial margin, only if the margin level

drops below the maintenance margin limit. For e.g.. If Initial Margin is fixed at 100

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and Maintenance margin is at 80, then the broker is permitted to trade till such time

that the balance in this initial margin account is 80 or more. If it drops below 80,

say it drops to 70, then a margin of 30 (and not 10) is to be paid to replenish the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


levels of initial margin. This concept is not being followed in India.

Additional Margin - In case of sudden higher than expected volatility,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

additional margin may be called for by the exchange. This is generally imposed

when the exchange fears that the markets have become too volatile and may result

in some crisis, like payments crisis, etc. This is a preemptive move by exchange to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


prevent breakdown.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

137
Cross Margining - This is a method of calculating margin after taking

into account combined positions in futures, options, cash market etc. Hence, the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

total margin requirement reduces due to cross-hedges.

Margin calculation

A portfolio based margining approach which takes an integrated view of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


risk involved in the portfolio of each individual client comprising of his positions in

all Derivative Contracts i.e. Index Futures, Index Option, Stock Options and Single

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Stock Futures, has been prescribed. The initial margin requirements are required to

be based on the worst case loss of a portfolio of an individual client to cover 99%

VaR over a specified time horizon.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The Initial Margin is Higher of

(Worst Scenario Loss + Calendar Spread Charges)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Or

Short Option Minimum Charge

The worst scenario loss are required to be computed for a portfolio of a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


client and is calculated by valuing the portfolio under the scenarios of probable

changes in the value and the volatility of the Index/ Individual Stocks. The options

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and futures positions in a client's portfolio are required to be valued by predicting

the price and the volatility of the underlying over a specified horizon so that 99% of

times the price and volatility so predicted does not exceed the maximum and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


minimum price or volatility scenario. In this manner initial margin of 99% VaR is

achieved. The specified horizon is dependent on the time of collection of mark to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

market margin by the exchange.



138

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The probable change in the price of the underlying over the specified

horizon i.e. 'price scan range', in the case of Index futures and Index option

contracts are based on three standard deviation (3s ) where 's ' is the volatility

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


estimate of the Index. The volatility estimate 's ', is computed as per the

Exponentially Weighted Moving Average methodology. This methodology has

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

been prescribed by SEBI. In case of option and futures on individual stocks the

price scan range is based on three and a half standard deviation (3.5s ) where 's ' is

the daily volatility estimate of individual stock.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


For Index Futures and Stock futures it is specified that a minimum margin of

5% and 7.5% would be charged. This means if for stock futures the 3.5s value falls

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

below 7.5% then a minimum of 7.5% should be charged. This could be achieved by

adjusting the price scan range.

The probable change in the volatility of the underlying i.e. 'volatility scan

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


range' is fixed at 4% for Index options and is fixed at 10% for options on Individual

stocks. The volatility scan range is applicable only for option products.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Calendar spreads are offsetting positions in two contracts in the same

underlying across different expiry. In a portfolio based margining approach all

calendar-spread positions automatically get a margin offset. However, risk arising

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


due to difference in cost of carry or the 'basis risk' needs to be addressed. It is

therefore specified that a calendar spread charge would be added to the worst

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

scenario loss for arriving at the initial margin. For computing calendar spread

charge, the system first identifies spread positions and then the spread charge which

is 0.5% per month on the far leg of the spread with a minimum of 1% and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


maximum of 3%. Further, in the last three days of the expiry of the near leg of



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

139
spread, both the legs of the calendar spread would be treated as separate individual

positions.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

In a portfolio of futures and options, the non-linear nature of options make

short option positions most risky. Especially, short deep out of the money options,

which are highly susceptible to, changes in prices of the underlying. Therefore a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


short option minimum charge has been specified. The short option minimum charge

is 5% and 7.5 % of the notional value of all short Index option and stock option

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contracts respectively. The short option minimum charge is the initial margin if the

sum of the worst -scenario loss and calendar spread charge is lower than the short

option minimum charge.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To calculate volatility estimates the exchange are required to uses the

methodology specified in the Prof J.R Varma Committee Report on Risk

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Containment Measures for Index Futures. Further, to calculated the option value the

exchanges can use standard option pricing models - Black-Scholes, Binomial,

Merton, Adesi-Whaley.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The initial margin is required to be computed on a real time basis and has two

components:-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The first is creation of risk arrays taking prices at discreet times taking latest

prices and volatility estimates at the discreet times, which have been

specified.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The second is the application of the risk arrays on the actual portfolio

positions to compute the portfolio values and the initial margin on a real

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

time basis.



140

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The initial margin so computed is deducted form the available Liquid Net worth

on a real time basis.

Mark to Market Margin

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Options - The value of the option are calculated as the theoretical value of the

option times the number of option contracts (positive for long options and negative

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

for short options). This Net Option Value is added to the Liquid Net worth of the

Clearing member. Thus MTM gains and losses on options are adjusted against the

available liquid net worth. The net option value is computed using the closing price

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of the option and are applied the next day.

Futures - The system computes the closing price of each series, which is used for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

computing mark to market settlement for cumulative net position. This margin is

collected on T+1 in cash. Therefore, the exchange charges a higher initial margin by

multiplying the price scan range of 3s & 3.5s with square root of 2, so that the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


initial margin is adequate to cover 99% VaR over a two days horizon.

MARGIN COLLECTION

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Initial Margin - is adjusted from the available Liquid Networth of the Clearing

Member on an online real time basis.

Marked to Market Margins

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Futures contracts: The open positions (gross against clients and net of proprietary /

self trading) in the futures contracts for each member are marked to market to the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

daily settlement price of the Futures contracts at the end of each trading day. The



141

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

daily settlement price at the end of each day is the weighted average price of the last

half an hour of the futures contract. The profits / losses arising from the difference

between the trading price and the settlement price are collected / given to all the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


clearing members.

Option Contracts: The marked to market for Option contracts is computed and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

collected as part of the SPAN Margin in the form of Net Option Value. The SPAN

Margin is collected on an online real time basis based on the data feeds given to the

system at discrete time intervals.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Client Margins

Clearing Members and Trading Members are required to collect initial

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

margins from all their clients. The collection of margins at client level in the

derivative markets is essential as derivatives are leveraged products and non-

collection of margins at the client level would provided zero cost leverage. In the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


derivative markets all money paid by the client towards margins is kept in trust with

the Clearing House / Clearing Corporation and in the event of default of the Trading

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

or Clearing Member the amounts paid by the client towards margins are segregated

and not utilized towards the default of the member.

Therefore, Clearing members are required to report on a daily basis details

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


in respect of such margin amounts due and collected from their Trading members /

clients clearing and settling through them. Trading members are also required to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

report on a daily basis details of the amount due and collected from their clients.

The reporting of the collection of the margins by the clients is done electronically

through the system at the end of each trading day. The reporting of collection of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




142
client level margins plays a crucial role not only in ensuring that members collect

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


margin from clients but it also provides the clearing corporation with a record of the

quantum of funds it has to keep in trust for the clients.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



2.16. Index option

A stock index is a compilation of several stock prices into a single number.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Indexes come in various shapes and sizes. Some are broad-based and measure

moves in broad, diverse markets. Others are narrow-based and measure more

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

specific industry sectors of the marketplace. Understand that it is not the number of

stocks that comprise the average that determine if an index is broad-based or

narrow-based, but rather the diversity of the underlying securities and their market

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


coverage. Different stock indexes can be calculated in different ways. Accordingly,

even where indexes are based on identical securities, they may measure the relevant

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

market differently because of differences in methods of calculation.

a. Capitalization-Weighted

An index can be constructed so that weightings are biased toward the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


securities of larger companies, a method of calculation known as capitalization-

weighted. In calculating the index value, the market price of each component

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

security is multiplied by the number of shares outstanding. This will allow a

security's size and capitalization to have a greater impact on the value of the index.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


143
b. Equal Dollar-Weighted

Another type of index is known as equal dollar-weighted and assumes an

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


equal number of shares of each component stock. This index is calculated by

establishing an aggregate market value for every component security of the index

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and then determining the number of shares of each security by dividing this

aggregate market value by the current market price of the security. This method of

calculation does not give more weight to price changes of the more highly

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


capitalized component securities.

c. Other Types

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

An index can also be a simple average: calculated by simply adding up the

prices of the securities in the index and dividing by the number of securities,

disregarding numbers of shares outstanding. Another type measures daily

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


percentage movements of prices by averaging the percentage price changes of all

securities included in the index.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Adjustments & Accuracy

Securities may be dropped from an index because of events such as mergers

and liquidations or because a particular security is no longer thought to be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


representative of the types of stocks constituting the index. Securities may also be

added to an index from time to time. Adjustments to indexes might be made

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

because of such substitutions or due to the issuance of new stock by a component

security. Such adjustments and other similar changes are within the discretion of the

publisher of the index and will not ordinarily cause any adjustment in the terms of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


outstanding index options. However, an adjustment panel has authority to make


144

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

adjustments if the publisher of the underlying index makes a change in the index's

composition or method of calculation that, in the panel's determination, may cause

significant discontinuity in the index level.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Finally, an equity index will be accurate only to the extent that:

the component securities in the index are being traded

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the prices of these securities are being promptly reported

the market prices of these securities, as measured by the index, reflect price

movements in the relevant markets.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Equity vs. Index Options

An equity index option is an option whose underlying instrument is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

intangible - an equity index. The market value of an index put and call tends to rise

and fall in relation to the underlying index. The price of an index call will generally

increase as the level of its underlying index increases, and its purchaser has

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


unlimited profit potential tied to the strength of these increases. The price of an

index put will generally increase as the level of its underlying index decreases, and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

its purchaser has substantial profit potential tied to the strength of these decreases.

Pricing Factors

Generally, the factors that affect the price of an index option are the same as

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


those affecting the price of an equity option: value of the underlying instrument (an

index in this case), strike price, volatility, time until expiration, interest rates and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

dividends paid by the component securities.



145

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

i. Underlying Instrument

The underlying instrument of an equity option is a number of shares of a

specific stock, usually 100 shares. Cash-settled index options do not relate to a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


particular number of shares. Rather, the underlying instrument of an index option is

usually the value of the underlying index of stocks times a multiplier.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ii. Volatility

Indexes, by their nature, are less volatile than their individual component

stocks. The up and down movements of component stock prices tend to cancel one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


another out, lessening the volatility of the index as a whole. However, the volatility

of an index can be influenced by factors more general than can affect individual

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

equities. These can range from investors' expectations of changes in inflation,

unemployment, interest rates or other economic indicators issued by the

government and political for military situations.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


iii. Risk

As with an equity option, an index option, buyer's risk is limited to the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

amount of the premium paid for the option. The premium received and kept by the

index option writer is the maximum profit a writer can realize from the sale of the

option. However, the loss potential from writing an uncovered index option is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


generally unlimited. Any investor considering writing index options should

recognize that there are significant risks involved.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



146
iv. Cash Settlement

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The differences between equity and index options occur primarily in the

underlying instrument and the method of settlement. Generally, when an index

option is exercised by its holder, and when an index option writer is assigned, cash

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


changes hands. Only a representative amount of cash changes hands from the

investor who is assigned on a written contract to the investor who exercises his

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

purchased contract. This is known as cash settlement.

v. Purchasing Rights

Purchasing an index option does not give the investor the right to purchase

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


or sell all of the stocks that are contained in the underlying index. Because an index

is simply an intangible, representative number, you might view the purchase of an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

index option as buying a value that changes over time as market sentiment and

prices fluctuate. An investor purchasing an index option obtains certain rights per

the terms of the contract. In general, this includes the right to demand and receive a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


specified amount of cash from the writer of a contract with the same terms.

In-the-money, At-the-money, Out-of-the-money

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

An index call option is in-the-money when its strike price is less than the

reported level of the underlying index. It is at-the-money when its strike price is the

same as the level of that index and out-of-the-money when its strike price is greater

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


than that level.

An index put option is in-the-money when its strike price is greater than the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

reported level of the underlying index. It is at-the-money when its strike price is the



147

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

same as the level of that index and out-of-the-money when its strike price is less

than that level.

Exercise & Assignment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The exercise settlement value is an index value used to calculate how much

money will change hands, the exercise settlement amount, when a given index

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

option is exercised, either before or at expiration. The value of every index

underlying an option, including the exercise settlement value, is the value of the

index as determined by the reporting authority designated by the market where the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


option is traded.

AM & PM Settlement

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The exercise settlement values of equity index options are determined by

their reporting authorities in a variety of ways. The two most common are:

PM settlement - Exercise settlement values are based on the reported level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


of the index calculated with the last reported prices of the index's component stocks

at the close of market hours on the day of exercise.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AM settlement - Exercise settlement values are based on the reported level

of the index calculated with the opening prices of the index's component stocks on

the day of exercise.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


If a particular component security does not open for trading on the day the

exercise settlement value is determined, the last reported price of that security is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

used.



148

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Investors should be aware that the exercise settlement value of an index

option that is derived from the opening prices of the component securities may not

be reported for several hours following the opening of trading in those securities. A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


number of updated index levels may be reported at and after the opening before the

exercise settlement value is reported. There could be a substantial divergence

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

between those reported index levels and the reported exercise settlement value.

American vs. European Exercise

Although equity option contracts generally have only American-style

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


expirations, index options can have either American- or European-style.

In the case of an American-style option, the holder of the option has the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

right to exercise it on or at any time before its expiration date. Otherwise, the option

will expire worthless and cease to exist as a financial instrument. It follows that the

writer of an American-style option can be assigned at any time, either when or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


before the option expires, although early assignment is not always predictable.

A European-style option is one that can only be exercised during a specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

period of time prior to its expiration. This period may vary with different classes of

index options. Likewise, the writer of a European-style option can be assigned only

during this exercise period.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Exercise Settlement

The amount of cash received upon exercise of an index option or when it

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

expires depends on the closing value of the underlying index in comparison to the

strike price of the index option. The amount of cash changing hands is called the


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


149
exercise settlement amount. This amount is calculated as the difference between the

strike price of the option and the level of the underlying index reported as its

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


exercise settlement value

In the case of a call, if the underlying index value is above the strike price,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the holder may exercise the option and receive the exercise settlement amount. For

example, with the settlement value of the index reported as 79.55, the holder of a

long call contract with a 78 strike price would exercise and receive Rs155 [(79.55 -

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


78) x Rs100 = Rs155]. The writer of the option would pay the holder this cash

amount.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In the case of a put, if the underlying index value is below the strike price,

the holder may exercise the option and receive the exercise settlement amount. For

example, with the settlement value of the index reported as 74.88 the holder of a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


long put contract with a 78 strike price would exercise and receive Rs312 [(78 -

74.88) x Rs100 = Rs312]. The writer of the option would pay the holder this cash

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

amount.

Closing Transactions

As with equity options, an index option writer wishing to close out his

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


position buys a contract with the same terms in the marketplace. In order to avoid

assignment and its inherent obligations, the option writer must buy this contract

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

before the close of the market on any given day to avoid notification of assignment

on the next business day. To close out a long position, the purchaser of an index

option can either sell the contract in the marketplace or exercise it if profitable to do

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


so.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

150
Benefits of Listed Index Options

Index options offer the investor an opportunity to either capitalize on an

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

expected market move or to protect holdings in the underlying instruments. The

difference is that the underlying instruments are indexes. These indexes can reflect

the characteristics of either the broad equity market as a whole or specific industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


sectors within the marketplace.

a. Diversification

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Index options enable investors to gain exposure to the market as a whole or

to specific segments of the market with one trading decision and frequently with

one transaction. To obtain the same level of diversification using individual stock

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


issues or individual equity option classes, numerous decisions and transactions

would be required. Employing index options can defray both the costs and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

complexities of doing so.

b. Predetermined Risk for Buyer

Unlike other investments where the risks may have no limit, index options

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


offer a known risk to buyers. An index option buyer absolutely cannot lose more

than the price of the option, the premium.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

c. Leverage

Index options can provide leverage. This means an index option buyer can

pay a relatively small premium for market exposure in relation to the contract value.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


An investor can see large percentage gains from relatively small, favorable



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

151
percentage moves in the underlying index. If the index does not move as

anticipated, the buyer's risk is limited to the premium paid. However, because of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

this leverage, a small adverse move in the market can result in a substantial or

complete loss of the buyer's premium. Writers of index options can bear

substantially greater, if not unlimited, risk.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


d. Guaranteed Contract Performance

An option holder is able to look to the system which includes the brokers

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and Clearing Members involved in a particular option transaction, rather than to any

particular option writer for performance.

Index options give you exposure to the securities comprising a share market index.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


They offer similar flexibility to that provided by options over individual

stocks, while allowing trading a view on the market as a whole, or on the market

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

sector covered by the particular index.

Whereas the value of a share option varies according to movements in the

value of the underlying shares, an index option varies according to movements in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the underlying index.

2.17.Exchange-Traded Option

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



An option traded on a regulated exchange where the terms of each option

are standardized by the exchange so that underlying asset, contract volume,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


expiration date(mostly up to six months or one year, options with life spans of more

than one year are rarely available) Delivery/settlement procedures (clearing house)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



152
and strike price are known in advance. Exchange-traded options are also known as

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

"listed options".

The benefits to exchange-traded options are the liquidity of the options,

standardized contracts, quick access to prices and the use of clearing houses by

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


exchanges. The use of clearing houses guarantees that the option contract will be

fulfilled.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Exchange traded options (ETOs) are versatile short dated financial products that

allow investors to;

Protect the value of individual shares or a portfolio

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Earn income

Undertake to buy shares for less than their current price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Lock in a buying price

Get exposure to shares for limited risk

2.18.Over-The-Counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Over-the-counter options are contracts that give clients the right to buy or

sell a security at a fixed and predetermined rate (strike price) at a certain time in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the future, if they pay a premium fee upfront.

A stock is traded over-the-counter usually because the company is small

and unable to meet exchange listing requirements. Also known as "unlisted

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


stock", these securities are traded by brokers/dealers who negotiate directly with

one another over computer networks and by phone. Instruments such as bonds do

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

not trade on a formal exchange and are thus considered over-the-counter

securities. Most debt instruments are traded by investment banks making markets


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


153
for specific issues. If someone wants to buy or sell a bond, they call the bank that

makes the market in that bond and asks for quotes. Many derivative instruments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


such as forwards, swaps and most exotic derivatives are also traded OTC.

2.19. NATIONAL CLEARANCE AND DEPOSITORY SYSTEM

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The new system which the Stock Holding Corporation of India is assigned

to set up by the Ministry of Finance for clearance and depository functions of the

Stock. Exchanges at the national level are called the National Clearance

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Settlement and Depositary System. It comprises of (a) National Depository System

(b) National Trade Comparison & Reporting System and (c) National Clearance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

System.

From the world wide experience, there does not appear to be any single

system which can be transplanted on Indian soil as it is. There is a complexity of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


legal hurdles, procedures and habit problems to face in India for a change of this

type.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The new system will have to be based on a change in legal system, changes in

banking practices, settlement and clearance system. To start with, a book entry

system, for transfers as between broker members can be arranged as is done by the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Bombay Stock Exchange with the Bank of India Holdings, set up separately for this

purpose. At the national level, the National Depository was set up along with many

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

participants: depositories. The Central depository system was accepted by the

government and SEBI Guidelines were issued for the depositories and the Central

Depository.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2.20. REGULATIONS

SEBIs L C Gupta Committee

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

SEBI appointed L.C.Gupta Committee on 18th November 1996 to develop

appropriate regulatory framework for the derivatives trading and to recommend


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


154
suggestive bye-laws for Regulation and Control of Trading and Settlement of

Derivatives Contracts. The Committee was also to focus on the financial derivatives

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and equity derivatives. The Committee submitted its report in March 1998.

The Board of SEBI in its meeting held on May 11, 1998 accepted the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

recommendations and approved the introduction of derivatives trading in India

beginning with Stock Index Futures. The Board also approved the "Suggestive Bye-

laws" recommended by the LC Gupta Committee for Regulation and Control of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Trading and Settlement of Derivatives Contracts. SEBI circulated the contents of

the Report in June 98.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Goals of Regulation - Regulatory Objectives

LCGC believes that regulation should be designed to achieve specific and well-

defined goals. It is inclined towards positive regulation designed to encourage

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


healthy activity and behaviour. The important recommendations of L.C.Gupta

Committee are reproduced hereunder.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Need for coordinated development

To quote from the report of the Committee -"The Committee's main concern is

with equity based derivatives but it has tried to examine the need for financial

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


derivatives in a broader perspective. Financial transactions and asset-liability

positions are exposed to three broad types of price risks, viz:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

"Equities "market risk", also called "systematic risk" (which cannot be

diversified away because the stock market as a whole may go up or down

from time to time).

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


"Interest rate risk (as in the case of fixed-income securities, like treasury

bond holdings, whose market price could fall heavily if interest rates shot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

up), and



155

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

"Exchange rate risk (where the position involves a foreign currency, as in

the case of imports, exports, foreign loans or investments).

"The above classification of price risks explains the emergence of (a) equity

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


futures, (b) interest rate futures and (c) currency futures, respectively. Equity futures

have been the last to emerge.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Derivatives Exchanges

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The Committee strongly favoured the introduction of financial derivatives to

facilitate hedging in a most cost-efficient way against market risk. There is a need

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

for equity derivatives, interest rate derivatives and currency derivatives. There

should be phased introduction of derivatives products. To start with, index futures

to be introduced, which should be followed by options on index and later options on

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


stocks. The derivative trading should take place on a separate segment of the

existing stock exchanges with an independent governing council where the number

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of trading members should be limited to 40 percent of the total number. Common

Governing Council and Governing Board members are not allowed. The Chairman

of the governing council should not be permitted to trade (broking/dealing business)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


on any of the stock exchanges during his term. Trading to be based on On-line

screen trading with disaster recovery site. Per half hour capacity should be 4-5 times

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the anticipated peak load. Percentage of broker-members in the council is to be

prescribed by SEBI.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Regulatory framework



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

156
Regulatory control should envisage modern systems for fool-proof and fail-

proof regulation. Regulatory framework for derivatives trading envisaged two-level

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

regulation i.e. exchange-level and SEBI-level, with considerable emphasis on self-

regulatory competence of derivative exchanges under the overall supervision and

guidance of SEBI. There will be complete segregation of client money at the level

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of trading /clearing member and even at the level of clearing corporation. Other

recommendations are as under:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Regulatory Role of SEBI

SEBI will approve rules, bye-laws and regulations. New derivative contracts to be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


approved by SEBI. Derivative exchanges to provide full details of proposed contract, like -

economic purposes of the contract; likely contribution to the market's development;

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

safeguards incorporated for investor protection and fair trading.

Specifications Regarding Trading

Stock Exchanges are to stipulate in advance trading days and hours. Each

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


contract is to have pre-determined expiration date and time. Contract expiration

period may not exceed 12 months. The last trading day of the trading cycle is to be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

stipulated in advance.

Membership Eligibility Criteria

The trading and clearing member will have stringent eligibility conditions. The

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Committee recommended for separate clearing and non-clearing members. There

should be separate registration with SEBI in addition to registration with the stock

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

exchange. At least two persons should have passed the certification program

approved by SEBI. A higher capital adequacy for Derivatives segment

recommended than prescribed for cash market. The clearing members should

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


deposit minimum Rs. 50 lakh with the clearing corporation and should have a net



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

157
worth of Rs. 3 crore. A higher deposit proposed for Option writers.

Clearing Corporation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Clearing System to be totally restructured. There should be no trading

interests on board of the CC. The maximum exposure limit to be liked the deposit

limit. To make the clearing system effective the Committee stressed stipulation of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Initial and mark-to-market margins. Extent of Margin prescribed to co-relate to the

level of volatility of particular Scrips traded. The Committee therefore

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

recommended margins based on value at risk - 99% confidence (The initial margins

should be large enough to cover the one day loss that can be encountered on the

position on 99% of the days. The concept is identified as "Worst Scenario Loss"). It

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


did not favour the system of Cross-margining (This is a method of calculating

margin after taking into account combined positions in futures, options, cash market

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

etc. Hence, the total margin requirement reduces due to cross-hedges). Since

margins to be adjusted frequently based on market volatility margin payments to be

remitted through EFT (Electronic Funds Transfer). To prevent brokers who

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


fail/default to provide/restore adequate margin from trading further the stock

exchange must have the power/facility to disable the defaulting member from

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

further trading. Brokers/sub-brokers are also to collect margin collection from

clients. Exposure limits to be on gross basis. Own/clients margin to be segregated.

No set off permitted. Trading to be clearly indicated as own/clients and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


opening/closing out. In case of default, only own margin can be set off against

members' dues and the CC should promptly transfer client's margin in separate

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

account. CC to close out all open positions at its option. CC can also ask members

to close out excess positions or it may itself close out such positions. CC may

however permit special margins on members. It can withhold margin or demand

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


additional margin. CC may prescribed maximum long/short positions by members



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

158
or exposure limit in quantity / value / % of base capital.

Mark to Market and Settlement

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

There should the system of daily settlement of futures contracts. Similarly

the closing price of futures is to be settled on daily basis. The final settlement price

is to be as per the closing price of underlying security.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Sales Practices

Risk disclosure document with each client mandatory

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Sales personnel to pass certification exam

Specific authorisation from client's board of directors/trustees

Trading Parameters

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Each order - buy/sell and open/close

Unique order identification number

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Regular market lot size, tick size

Gross exposure limits to be specified

Price bands for each derivative contract

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Maximum permissible open position

Off line order entry permitted

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Brokerage

Prices on the system shall be exclusive of brokerage

Maximum brokerage rates shall be prescribed by the exchange

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Brokerage to be separately indicated in the contract note

Margins From Clients

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



159
Margins to be collected from all clients/trading members

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Daily margins to be further collected

Right of clearing member to close out positions of clients/TMs not paying

daily margins

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Losses if any to be charged to clients/TMs and adjusted against margins

Other Recommendations

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Removal of the regulatory prohibition on the use of derivatives by mutual

funds while making the trustees responsible to restrict the use of derivatives

by mutual funds only to hedging and portfolio balancing and not for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


speculation.

Creation of derivatives Cell, a derivative Advisory Committee, and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Economic Research Wing by SEBI.

Declaration of derivatives as securities under section 2(h)(ii a) of the SCRA

and suitable amendment in the notification issued by the Central

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Government in June 1969 under section 16 of the SCRA

Consequent to the committee's recommendations the following legal

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

amendments were carried out:

Legal Amendments

Securities Contract Regulation Act

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Derivatives contract declared as a 'security' in Dec 1999

Notification in June 1969 under section 16 of SCRA banning forward

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

trading revoked in March 2000.



160

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

In order to recommend a guideline for effective implementation of the

recommendations of LC Gupta Committee Report, SEBI entrusted the task to

another Committee, i.e. JR Verma Committee appointed by it.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


SEBIs J.R.Verma Committee



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The group submitted its report in 1998. The group began by enumerating the

risk containment issues that assumed importance in the Indian context while setting

up an index futures market. The recommendations of the Group as covered by its

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


report are as under

Estimation of Volatility (Clause 2.1)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Several issues arise in the estimation of volatility:

The Volatility in the Indian market is quite high compared to developed

markets.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The volatility in the Indian market is not constant and is varying over time.

The statistics on the volatility of the index futures markets does not exist and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

therefore, in the initial period, reliance has to be made on the volatility in the

underlying securities market. The LC Gupta Committee (LCGC) has prescribed that

no cross margining would be permitted and separate margins would be charged on

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the position in the futures and the underlying securities market. In the absence of

cross margining, index arbitrage would be costly and therefore possibly will not be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

efficient.

Calendar Spreads (Clause 2.2)

In developed markets, calendar spreads are essentially a play on interest

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


rates with negligible stock market exposure. As such margins for calendar spreads

are very low. In India, the calendar basis risk could be high due to the absence of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

efficient index arbitrage and the lack of channels for the flow of funds from the

organised money market to the index future market.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


161
Trader Net Worth (Clause 2.3)

Even an accurate 99% "value at risk" model would give rise to end of day

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


mark to market losses exceeding the margin of approximately once in every 6

months. Trader net worth provides an additional level of safety to markets and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

works as a deterrent to the incidence of defaults. A member with a high net worth

would try harder to avoid defaults as his own net worth would be at stake.

Margin Collection and Enforcement (Clause 2.4)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Apart from the right calculation of margin, the actual collection of margin is also of

equal importance. Since initial margins can be deposited in the form of bank

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

guarantee and securities, the risk containment issues in regard to these need has to

be tackled.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Clearing Corporation (Clause 2.5)

The clearing corporation provides innovation and becomes the counter party for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

every trade. In these circumstances, the credibility of the clearing corporation

assumes the importance and issues of governance and transparency need to be

addressed.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Position Limit (Clause 2.6)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

It can be necessary to prescribe position limits for the market considering whole and

for the individual clearing member / trading member / client.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Margining System (Clause 3) - Mandating a Margin Methodology not Specific

Margins (Clause 3.1.1)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The LCGC recommended that margins in the derivatives markets would be based

on a 99% (VAR) approach. The group discussed ways of operationalising this


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


162
recommendation keeping in mind the issues relating to estimation of volatility

discussed. It is decided that SEBI should authorise the use of a particular VAR

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


estimation methodology but should not make compulsory a specific minimum

margin level.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Initial Methodology (Clause 3.1.2)

The group has evaluated and approved a particular risk estimation methodology that

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


is described in 3.2 below and discussed in further detail in Appendix 1. The

derivatives exchange and clearing corporation should be authorised to start index

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

futures trading using this methodology for fixing margins.



Continuous Refining (Clause 3.1.3)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The derivatives exchange and clearing corporation should be encouraged to refine

this methodology continuously on the basis of further experience. Any proposal for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

changes in the methodology should be filed with SEBI and released to the public for

comments along with detailed comparative back testing results of the proposed

methodology and the current methodology. The proposal shall specify the date from

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


which the new methodology will become effective and this effective date shall not

be less than three months after the date of filing with SEBI. At any time up to two

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

weeks before the effective date, SEBI may instruct the derivatives exchange and

clearing corporation not to implement the change, or the derivatives exchange and

clearing corporation may on its own decide not to implement the change.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Initial Margin Fixation Methodology (Clause 3.2)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The group took on record the estimation and back testing results provided by Prof.

Varma (see Appendix 1) from his ongoing research work on value at risk


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


163
calculations in Indian financial markets. The group, being satisfied with these back

testing results, recommends the following margin fixation methodology as the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


initial methodology for the purposes of 3.1.1 above.

The exponential moving average method would be used to obtain the volatility

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

estimate every day.



Daily Changes in Margins (Clause 3.3)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The group recommends that the volatility estimated at the end of the day's trading

would be used in calculating margin calls at the end of the same day. This implies

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

that during the course of trading, market participants would not know the exact

margin that would apply to their position. It was agreed therefore that the volatility

estimation and margin fixation methodology would be clearly made known to all

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


market participants so that they can compute what the margin would be for any

given closing level of the index. It was also agreed that the trading software would

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

itself provide this information on a real time basis on the trading workstation screen.

Margining for Calendar Spreads (Clause 3.4)

The group took note of the international practice of levying very low margins on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


calendar spreads. A calendar spread is a position at one maturity which is hedged by

an offsetting position at a different maturity: for example, a short position in the six

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

month contract coupled with a long position in the nine month contract. The

justification for low margins is that a calendar spread is not exposed to the market

risk in the underlying at all. If the underlying rises, one leg of the spread loses

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


money while the other gains money resulting in a hedged position. Standard futures

pricing models state that the futures price is equal to the cash price plus a net cost of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

carry (interest cost reduced by dividend yield on the underlying). This means that

the only risk in a calendar spread is the risk that the cost of carry might change; this


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


164
is essentially an interest rate risk in a money market position. In fact, a calendar

spread can be viewed as a synthetic money market position. The above example of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


a short position in the six month contract matched by a long position in the nine

month contract can be regarded as a six month future on a three month T-bill. In

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

developed financial markets, the cost of carry is driven by a money market interest

rate and the risk in calendar spreads is very low.

In India, however, unless banks and institutions enter the calendar spread in a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


big way, it is possible that the cost of carry would be driven by an unorganised

money market rate as in the case of the badla market. These interest rates could be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

highly volatile.

Given the evidence that the cost of carry is not an efficient money market rate,

prudence demands that the margin on calendar spreads be far higher than

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


international practice. Moreover, the margin system should operate smoothly when

a calendar spread is turned into a naked short or long position on the index either by

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the expiry of one of the legs or by the closing out of the position in one of the legs.

The group therefore recommends that:

The margin on calendar spreads is levied at a flat rate of 0.5% per month of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


spread on the far month contract of the spread subject to a minimum margin

of 1% and a maximum margin of 3% on the far side of the spread for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

spreads with legs upto 1 year apart. A spread with the two legs three months

apart would thus attract a margin of 1.5% on the far month contract.

The margining of calendar spreads is reviewed at the end of six months of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


index futures trading.

A calendar spread should be treated as a naked position in the far month

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

contract as the near month contract approaches expiry. This change should



165

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

be affected in gradual steps over the last few days of trading of the near

month contract. Specifically, during the last five days of trading of the near

month contract, the following percentages of a calendar spread shall be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


treated as a naked position in the far month contract: 100% on day of expiry,

80% one day before expiry, 60% two days before expiry, 40% three days

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

before expiry, 20% four days before expiry. The balance of the spread shall

continue to be treated as a spread. This phasing in will apply both to

margining and to the computation of exposure limits.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


If the closing out of one leg of a calendar spread causes the members' liquid

net worth to fall below the minimum levels specified in 4.2 below, his

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

terminal shall be disabled and the clearing corporation shall take steps to

liquidate sufficient positions to restore the members' liquid net worth to the

levels mandated in 4.2.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The derivatives exchange should explore the possibility that the trading

system could incorporate the ability to place a single order to buy or sell

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

spreads without placing two separate orders for the two legs.

For the purposes of the exposure limit in 4.2 (b), a calendar spread shall be

regarded as an open position of one third of the mark to market value of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


far month contract. As the near month contract approaches expiry, the

spread shall be treated as a naked position in the far month contract in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

same manner as in 3.4 (c).

Margin Collection and Enforcement (Clause 3.5)

Apart from the correct calculation of margin, the actual collection of margin

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


is also of equal importance. The group recommends that the clearing corporation

should lay down operational guidelines on collection of margin and standard

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



166
guidelines for back office accounting at the clearing member and trading member

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

level to facilitate the detection of non-compliance at each level.

Transparency and Disclosure (Clause 3.6)

The group recommends that the clearing corporation / clearing house shall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


be required to disclose the details of incidences of failures in collection of margin

and / or the settlement dues at least on a quarterly basis. Failure for this purpose

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

means a shortfall for three consecutive trading days of 50% or more of the liquid

net worth of the member.

Key Regulations

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


In India the National Stock Exchange of India (NSE) and the Bombay

Stock Exchange (BSE) offer options trading on stock indices as well as

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

individual securities.

Options on stock indices are European in kind and settled only on the last

of expiration of the underlying. NSE' offers index options trading on the NSE

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Fifty index called the Nifty, While BSE: offers index options on the country's

widely used index Sensex, which consists of 30 stocks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Options on individual securities are American. The number of stock

options contracts to be traded on the exchanges will be based on the list of

securities as specified by Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI).

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Additions/deletions in the list of securities eligible on which options contracts

shall be made available shall be notified from time to time.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Underlying: Underlying for the options on individual securities contracts shall be

the underlying security available for trading in the capital market segment of the

exchange.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Security descriptor: The security descriptor for the options on individual

securities shall be:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



167
Market type ?N
Instrument type ?OPTSTK

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Underlying -Underlying security
Expiry date -Date of contract expiry
Option type -CA/PA
.Exercise style -American Premium Settlement method:
Premium Settled;

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

CA -Call American
PA -Put American.

Trading cycle: The contract cycle and availability of strike prices for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

options contracts on individual securities shall be as follows:

Options on individual securities contracts will have a maximum of three-

month trading cycle. New contracts will be introduced on the trading day following

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the expiry of the near month contract.

On expiry of the near month contract, new contract shall be introduced at

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

new strike prices for both call and put options, on the trading day following the

expiry of the near month contract.

Strike price intervals: The exchange shall provide a minimum of five strike prices

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


for every option type (i.e call & put) during the trading month. There shall be two

contracts in the-money (ITM), two contracts out-of-the-money (OTM) and one

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

contract at-the-money (ATM). The strike price interval for options on individual

securities is given in the accompanying table.

New contracts with new strike prices for existing expiration

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


date will be introduced for trading on the next working day based on

the previous day's underlying close values and as and when -

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enquired. In order to fix on the at-the-money strike price for options


168
on individual securities contracts the closing underlying value shall

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


be rounded off to the nearest multiplier of the strike price interval.

The in-the-money strike price and the out-of-the-money strike price

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

shall be based on the at-the-money strike price interval.

Expiry day: Options contracts on individual securities as well as index options

shall expire on the last Thursday of the expiry month. If the last Thursday is a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


trading holiday, the contracts shall expire on the previous trading day.

Order type: Regular lot order, stop loss order, immediate or cancel, good till day,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

good till cancelled good till date and spread order. Good till cancelled (GTC)

orders shall be cancelled at the end of the period of 7 calendar days from the date

of entering an order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Permitted lot size: The value of the option contracts on individual securities shall

not be less than Rs 2 lakh at the time of its introduction. The permitted lot size for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the options contracts on individual securities shall be in multiples of 100 and

fractions if any shall be rounded off to the next higher multiple of 100.

Price steps: The price steps in respect of all options contracts admitted to dealings

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


on the exchange shall be Re 0.05.

Quantity freeze : Orders which may come to the exchange as a quantity freeze

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

shall be the lesser of the following: 1 per cent of the market wide position limit

stipulated of options on individual securities as given in (h) below or Notional

value of the contract of around Rs 5 crore. In respect of such orders, which have

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


come under quantity freeze, the member shall be required to confirm J the

exchange that there is no inadvertent error in the order entry and that the order is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

genuine. In such confirmation, the exchange at its discretion may approve such

order subject to availability of turnover/exposure limits, etc.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


169
Base price: Base price of the options contracts on introduction of new contracts

shall be the theoretical value of the options contract arrived at based on Black-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Scholes model of calculation of options premiums. The base price of the contracts

on subsequent trading days will be the daily close price of the options contracts.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

However in such of those contracts where orders could not be placed because of

application of price ranges, the bases prices may be modified at the discretion of

the exchange and intimated to the members.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Price ranges: There will be no day minimum/maximum price ranges applicable for

the options contract. The operating ranges and day minimum/maximum ranges for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

options contract shall be kept at 99 per cent of the base price. In view of this the

members will not be able to place orders at prices which are beyond 99 per cent of

the base price. The base prices for option contracts, may be modified, at the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


discretion of the exchange, based on the request received from trading; members as

mentioned above.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Exposure limits: Gross open positions of a member at any point of time shall not

exceed the' exposure limit as detailed hereunder:

Index Options: Exposure Limit shall be 33.33 times the liquid

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


net worth.

Option contracts on individual Securities: Exposure Limit shall

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

be 20 times the liquid net worth.

Member wise position limit: When the open position of a Clearing Member,

Trading Member or Custodial Participant exceeds 15 per cent of the total open

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


interest of the market or Rs 100 crore, whichever is higher, in all the option

contracts on the same underlying, at any time, including during trading hours.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

For option contracts on individual securities, open interest shall be

equivalent to the open positions multiplied by the notional value. Notional Value


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


170
shall be the previous day's closing price of the underlying security or such other

price as may be specified from time to time.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Market wide position limits: Market wide position limits for option contracts on

individual for securities shall be lower of:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

*20 times the average number of shares traded daily, during the previous

calendar month, in the relevant underlying security in the underlying segment of

the relevant exchange or, 10 per cent of the number of shares held by non-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


promoters in the relevant underlying security i.e. 10 per cent of the free float in

terms of the number of shares of a company.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The relevant authority shall specify the market wide position limits once

every month, on the expiration day of the near month contract, which shall be

applicable till the expiry of the subsequent month contract.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Exercise settlement: Exercise type shall be American and final settlement in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

respect of options on individual securities contracts shall be cash settled for an

initial period of 6 months and as per the provisions of National Securities

Clearing Corporation Ltd (NSCCL) as may be stipulated from time to time.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2.21. Warrants and Convertibles

Warrant is a contract/option entered into by the issuing company giving the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

holder the right to purchase or subscribe to the stated number of equity shares of

that company within a predetermined specified period of time at a predetermined

price. Warrants are somewhat similar to call options but they also have the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


following differences: While the warrants are issued by companies, options are

created by investors, and, as was said earlier, the companies do not have to do

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

anything with such a creation. Warrants usually have long maturities (of several

years), while options expire in short periods of time such as nine months. Unlike


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


171
options, warrants are not standardized, they are unique. Warrants help companies

in raising fresh capital, options do Dot have such uses.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Warrants are typically issued as sweeteners attached to bonds/debentures

and equity issues so that they are successful in terms of volume and price.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Warrants can be detached and traded separately. It may be possible to issue

callable warrants, and although all the conditions of warrants are specified at

issuance, it may be possible t9 alter the expiration date if certain conditions

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


transpire. The typical maturity of warrants is 3 to 10 years, but perpetual

warrants also have existed abroad. Warrants can be traded on the exchanges or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

over the counter as in the case of equities. Many investors never exercise

warrants; they simply buy and sell them for capital gains. Thus, investors are

often interested in warrants because of their speculative and leverage

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


opportunities.

Convertible bonds/debentures and convertible preference shares are the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

other types of equity derivative securities. They can be fully or partially

converted into equity of the issuing company on specified terms with regard to

the timing, the price and the ratio of conversion. They carry a claim on the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


common stock of the same company (issuer). The claim can be exercised at the

owner's initiative. Many convertible bonds cannot be exercised for certain initial

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

period, say 6 to 24 months. If conversion is not effected, convertibles remain in

existence till maturity (in the case of bonds) or for perpetuity (in the case of

preference shares). Unlike options and warrants, convertibles are valuable in their

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


own rights; only a part of their value is derived from the option feature. Similarly,

while the option feature is not inseparable from convertibles, warrants can be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

detachable. Unlike convertibles, warrants can be issued independently; they need



172

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

not be tied with some other instrument. While warrants can be exercised for cash,

convertibles do not have such a feature.

In India, the SEBI has issued the following guidelines with regard to the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


provisions applicable to the fully and partially convertible debentures: (a) the

conversion premium and the conversion timing is to be predetermined and stated

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

in the prospectus. (b) Any conversion has to be optional i.e., at the volition of the

debenture holder if it takes place at or after 18 months but before 36 months from

the date of allotment. (c) A conversion period of more than 36 months is not

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


permitted unless conversion is made with put or call options. (d) Compulsory

credit rating is required if the conversion period for fully convertible debentures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

exceeds 18 months.

2.22. Important Terms

Annualised return: The return or profit, expressed on an annual basis, the writer of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the option contract receives for buying the shares and writing that particular option.

Assignment The holder of a long American-style option contract can exercise the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

option at any time until the option expires. It follows that an option writer may be

assigned an exercise notice on a short option position at any time until that option

expires. If an option writer is short an option that expires in-the-money, assignment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


on that contract should be expected, call or put. In fact, some option writers are

assigned on such short contracts when they expire exactly at-the-money. This

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

occurrence is usually not predictable. To avoid assignment on a written option

contract on a given day, the position must be closed out before that day`s market

close. Once assignment has been received, an investor has absolutely no alternative

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


but to fulfill his obligations from the assignment per the terms of the contract. An

option writer cannot designate a day when assignments are preferable. There is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


173
generally no exercise or assignment activity on options that expire out-of-the-

money. Owners generally let them expire with no value.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


At-the-Money : The option with strike price equal to that of the market price of the

stock, it is considered as being "At-the-Money" or Near-the-Money

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Buy and write: The simultaneous purchase of shares and sale of an equivalent

number of option contracts.

Class of options : Option contracts of the same type -either calls or puts -covering

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the same underlying security.

Close

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing purchase -- a transaction in which the purchaser`s intention is to

reduce or eliminate a short position in a given series of options. This

transaction is frequently referred to as "covering" a short position.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Closing sale -- a transaction in which the seller`s intention is to reduce or

eliminate a long position in a given series of options.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Covered Call Option

Covered option helps the writer to minimize his loss. In a covered call

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


option, the writer of the call option takes a corresponding long position in the stock

in the cash market; this will cover his loss in his option position if there is a sharp

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

increase in price of the stock.. Further, he is able to bring down his average cost of

acquisition in the cash market (which will be the cost of acquisition less the option

premium collected).

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




174
Covered Put Option

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


A writer of a Put Option can create a covered position by selling the

underlying security (if it is already owned). The effective selling price will increase

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

by the premium amount (if the option is not exercised at maturity). Here again, the

investor is not in a position to take advantage of any sharp increase in the price of

the asset as the underlying asset has already been sold. If there is a sharp decline in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the price of the underlying asset, the option will be exercised and the investor will

be left only with the premium amount. The loss in the option exercised will be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

equal to the gain in the short position of the asset.

Delta: The rate in change of option premium due to a change in price of the

underlying securities,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Derivative: An instrument which derives its value from the value of an underlying

instrument (such as shares, share price indices, fixed interest securities,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

commodities, currencies, etc.)" Warrants and options are types of derivative.

Early exercise and Assignment

For call contracts, owners might make an early exercise in order to take

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


possession of the underlying stock in order to receive a dividend. It is therefore

extremely important to realize that assignment of exercise notices can occur early -

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

days or weeks in advance of expiration day. As expiration nears, with a call

considerably in-the-money and a sizeable dividend payment approaching, this can

be expected. Call writers should be aware of dividend dates, and the possibility of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


an early assignment. When puts become deep in-the-money, most professional

option traders will exercise them before expiry. Therefore, investors with short

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



175
positions in deep in-the-money puts should be prepared for the possibility of early

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

assignment on these contracts.

Exercise If the holder of an American-style option decides to exercise his right to

buy (in the case of a call) or to sell (in the case of a put) the underlying shares of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


stock, the holder must direct their broker to submit an exercise notice to ASX. In

order to ensure that an option is exercised on a particular day, the holder must notify

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their broker before its exercise cut-off time for accepting exercise instructions on

that day. Once ASX has been notified that an option holder wishes to exercise an

option, it will assign the exercise notice randomly among customers with written

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(and not covered) an option contract with the same terms. ASX notify the seller's

broker the next morning and they in turn notify the client that was randomly

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

selected.

Exercise price: The amount of money which must be paid by the taker (in the

case of a call option) or the writer (in the case of a put option) for the transfer of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


each of the underlying securities upon exercise of the option.

Expiry day: The date on which all unexercised options in a particular series expire.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Hedge: A transaction, which reduces or offsets the risk of a current holding. For

example, a put option may act as a hedge for a current holding in the underlying

instrument.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Implied volatility: A measure of volatility assigned to a series by the current

market price.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

In-the-money: A Call Option is said to be "In-the-Money" if the strike price is

less than the market price of the underlying stock. A Put Option is In- The-Money

when the strike price is greater than the market price.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




176
Intrinsic price The different between the market value of the underlying securities

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and the excise price of the option. Usually it is not less then zero. It represents

advantage the taker had over the current market price if the option is exercised.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Leverage is the feature of options that allows for higher returns from movements in

the underlying shares trading options rather than the underlying shares themselves.

Options provide leverage because they trade for a fraction of the price of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


underlying shares.

Long: "Long" describes a position (in stock and/or options) in which one has

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

purchased and own that security in one`s brokerage account. For example, if you

have purchased the right to buy 1000 shares of a stock, and are holding that right in

your account, you are long a call contract. If you have purchased the right to sell

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1000 shares of a stock, and are holding that right in your brokerage account, you are

long a put contract. If you have purchased 1,000 shares of stock and are holding that

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

stock in your brokerage account, or elsewhere, you are long 1,000 shares of stock.

Long-term option: An option with a term to expiry of two or three years from the

date the series was first listed. (This is not available currently in India)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Multiplier: Is used when considering index options. The strike price and premium

of an index option are usually expressed in points.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Open: An opening transaction is one that adds to, or creates a new trading position.

It can be either a purchase or a sale. With respect to an option transaction, consider

both:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Opening purchase -- a transaction in which the purchaser`s intention is to

create or increase a long position in a given series of options.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



177
Opening sale -- a transaction in which the seller`s intention is to create or

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

increase a short position in a given series of options.

Open interest: The number of outstanding contracts in a particular class or series

existing in the; option market. Also called the "open position".

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Out-of-the-Money : A Call Option is said to be "Out-of-the-Money" if the strike

price is greater than the market price of the stock. A Put option is Out-Of-Money

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

if the strike price is less than the market price.

Premium is the term used for the price of an option. It varies as the underlying

security`s price fluctuates as well as with the passage of time. The premium is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


dependant on other factors including the volatility of the underlying security,

dividends and interest rates. Option premiums are calculated based on models

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

that take these factors into account and take the guess work out of valuing

options. The most common models are the Black & Scholes and the Binomial

option pricing models.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Put option: An option contract that entitles the taker (buyer) to sell a fixed number

of underlying securities at a stated price on or before a fixed Expiry Day.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Random selection: The method by which an exercise of an option is allocated to a

writer in that series of option.

Series of options: All contracts of the same class having the same Expiry Day and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the same exercise price.

Short: It describes a position in options in which one has written a contract (sold

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

one that you did not own). In return, now he has the obligations inherent in the



178

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

terms of that option contract. If one has sold the right to buy 1000 shares of a stock

to someone else, it is a short call contract. If one has sold the right to sell 1000

shares of a stock to someone else, it is a short put contract. The writer of an option

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


collects and keeps the premium received from its initial sale.

Strike price: The Strike Price denotes the price at which the buyer of the option

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

has a right to purchase or sell the underlying. Five different strike prices will be

available at any point of time. The strike price interval will be of 20. If the index

is currently at 1,410, the strike prices available will be 1,370, 1,390, 1,410, 1,430,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,450. The strike price is also called Exercise Price. This price is fixed by the

exchange for the entire duration of the option depending on the movement of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

underlying stock or index in the cash market.

Time decay is the cost of holding an option from one day to the next. As options

exist for a limited time only their value diminishes as the expiry approaches in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


much the same way as insurance policies lose value as they come to an end. Time

decay is quantifiable and is known by the Greek term "theta".

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Time value: The amount investors are willing to pay for the possibility that they

could make a profit from their option position. It is influenced by time to expiry,

dividends, interest rates, volatility .and market expectations.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Underlying securities: The shares or other securities subject to purchase or sale

upon exercise of the option.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Writer: The seller of an option contract.

2.23. Self analysis Questions

1. What are options? Explain the features of any two options?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




179
2. Explain the advantages of options?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Call options and Put options are nothing but the opposites. Do you agree?
Support your answer.

4. Option prices are affected by a number of factors Discuss.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5. Compare and Contrast the two major pricing models?

6. Discuss fully the different market strategies followed in the option trading?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

7. Write short notes on: a. margin b. over the counter option

c.

warrant

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


option

8. Discuss fully the rules and regulations that are followed in option trading?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2.24. Activities

1. Visit the web trading sites like icicidirect.com and go through the domo sites on
Option trading, so that a preliminary knowledge can be gathered.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Open a demat account with a depository participant and do some option trading
on your own with of course with little money as well as with little risk taking.

3. Meet a stock broker in your locality and gather as much information as possible
with a lot of patience.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2.25.References:

1. Avadhani,V.A. :Capital Market Management.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2.Avadhani,V.A. :Investments and Securities Markets in India.

3. Avadhani,V.A. : Securities Analysis and Portfolio Management.

4.Bhole,L.M. : Financial Institutions and Markets.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


5. Chance, Don M: An Introduction to Derivatives, Dryden Press, International Edition



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

180
6. Chew, Lilian: Managing Derivative Risk, John Wiley, New Jersey.

7. Das, Satyajit: Swap & Derivative financing, Probus.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

8. Hull, J.: Options: Futures and other Derivatives, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.

9. ICICI direct.com : FUTURES & OPTIONS.

10. Kolb, Robert W: Understanding Futures Markets, Prentice Hall Inc., New

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Delhi.


LESSON : 3 FUTURES TRADING AT NSE : A

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


PREMIER



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Objectives of the Lesson:

1. What is the Trading Platform for trading Futures at NSE?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Basic features of Futures traded in India

3. Lot sizes, order forms, margins, etc

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

4. Distinction between Index Futures Vs Stock Futures

5. Features of NEAT F& O Screen


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Learning Objectives:

After reading this lesson, student should be able to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

understand

1. How are Futures traded in India?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


181
2. What are the basic features of Futures traded

at NSE

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3. What is the Lot size, number cycles, etc

4. Features of NEAT F&O Screen

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Margin requirements, etc for trading in

Futures


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


182
LESSON : 3 FUTURES TRADING AT NSE : A

PREMIER

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




The derivatives trading on National Stock Exchange (NSE) has

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

commenced with S&P CNX Nifty Index futures on June 12, 2000.

Single stock futures were launched on November 9, 2001. Currently,

the futures contracts have a maxium of 3 months expiration cycles.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Three contracts are available for trading with 1 month, 2 month and 3

month expiry. A new contract is introduced on the next trading day

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

following the expiry of the near month contract



Trading Mechanism:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




The Futures and Options trading system of NSE is called NEAT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? F&O trading system. It provides a fully automated screen based

trading for Nifty Futures and Options on a nation wide basis as well as

an online monitoring and surveillance mechanism. It supports an order

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


driven market ad provides complete transparency of trading operations.

It is similar to that of the trading of equities in cash market segment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Basis of trading:


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


183
The NEAT ? F&O segment supports an order driven market, wherein

orders match automatically. Order matching is essentially on the basis

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of security, its price, time and quantity. All quantity fields are in units

and price in rupees. The lot size on the futures market is for 200

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Nifities. The exchange notifies the regular lot size and tick size for

each of the contracts traded on this segment from time to time. When

an order enters the trading system, it is an active order. It tries to find a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


match on the other side of the book. If it finds a match, a trade is

generated. If it does not find a match, the order becomes passive and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

goes and sits in the respective outstanding order book in the system




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Order types and Conditions:

The NEAT ? F& O allows different types of orders with various

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

conditions attached to them to meet out the requirements of players.

Based on the type of conditions, the orders may have:

Time conditions

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Price conditions
Other conditions

Further, a combinations of above conditions create a wide variety of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to players . Based on the above said conditions, the order

types differ. A list of them are as follows:


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


184


Time conditions:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Based on time conditions, the orders may be classified as:

Day order: This order is valid for the day. If the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

order is not executed, the system cancels the order

automatically at the end of the day

Good till cancelled: GTC order remains in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


system until it is cancelled by the player. There

fore, such orders are likely to be active for few days.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The maximum of number of days an order is

allowed to be active is notified by the Exchange

from time to time after which the order is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


automatically gets cancelled

Good till a specific date / days: GTD orders are

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

allowed to be in the system until specified number

of days or upto a specific day desired by the user

Immediate or Cancel (IOC) : These orders are for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


immediate buy or sell at the current rate. The user

does not want to continue such orders, if an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

immediate order match not found.




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


185
Price conditions: Based on the price conditions, follwing forms of

orders emerge:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Stop ? Loss order: This type of order allows the user

to release an order into the system when the price of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the security reaches a specific price limit. For

example, a trader has placed a stop loss buy order

with a price trigger of Rs 3327 and Rs 3330 (limit

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


price), his order will be executed the moment the

market price reaches the level of Rs 3327 and it

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

would be stopped when the price goes beyond Rs

3330


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Other conditions: Based on other conditions, the orders may be

classified as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Market Price Orders ? For these orders no specific

price is mentioned by the buyer or seller at the time

of entering. The prevailing market price is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


considered for these types of orders

Trigger Price: Trigger price refers to that price at

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

which an order gets triggered from the stop loss

book


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


186
Limit price order: Limit price is the price of the

orders after triggering from stop ? loss book

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Components of Trading Window:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



The NEAT ? F&O trading windows are two types:

The Market Watch window

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Inquiry Window

The Market Watch window is displayed on the traders workstation

screen with the following components

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Title bar
Ticker Window of F&O segment
Ticker Window of Underlying Market
Tool bar

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Market Watch window
Inquiry window
Snap quote
Order / trade window
System message window

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




For greater clarity, students advised to visit nearby stock broker who is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

dealing with F&O segment and see the live trading window


187

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The purpose of market watch window is to allow continuous

monitoring of contracts or securities that are of specific interest to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

users. It displays the trading information for contracts selected by the

users. The user also gets the information about the cash market

securities on the screen

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Inquiry window: This window enables the user to view information as

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

to Market by Order, Market by price, previous trades, outstanding

orders, snap quotes, order status, Market movement, Market Inquiry,

Net Position, etc

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Placing orders on the Trading System:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The Futures market is always a zero sum game. The total number of

buy positions should be equal to total number of sell positions. Total

number of outstanding contracts (long/short) at any point of time is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


called Open Interest . It is an important indicator of the liquidity in

every contract. Usually, the open interest would be high in case of near

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

month futures

Members can enter their orders on the trading system, however, they

have to identify the order as that of their own or for their clients. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


account numbers of the trading members and clients are to be specified



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

188


Futures on NSE

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



The F&O segment of NSE provides the following trading facility in

case of Futures:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Index based futures

2. Individual stock futures

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Index Futures : Contract specifications:

NSE trades Nifty Futures with one month, two month, three month

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


expiry cyles. All contacts expire on the last Thursday of every month.

On the Friday following the Thursday a new contract having 3 month

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

expiry would be introduced for trading.



All index futures contracts on NSE` futures trading system are coded.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Each futures contract has a separate limit order book. All passive

orders are stacked in the sytem in terms of price-time priority and trades

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

take place at the passive order price. The best buy order for a given

futures contract will be the order to buy at the index at the highest index

level where as the best sell order will be the order to sell the index at the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


lowest index level.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



189


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Trade specifications of a Nifty Futures:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Underlying asset


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


: S&P CNX Nifty

Exchange of Trading

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



: NSE

Security Descriptor

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




: N FUTIDX NIFTY

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Contract size




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


: Permitted lot size is 200

and multiples thereof

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



190
Price steps

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





: Rs 0.05

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Price bands



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



: Not applicable

Trading Cycle

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

: Near month




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Next Month


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Far month

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Expiry day



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



: Last Thursday of the

month

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Settlement basis



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

: Mark to Market and final

settlement will be cash

settled

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


on T+1 basis

Settlement Price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



: Daily settlement price

will be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


closing price of futures

contracts for the trading

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

day

and the final settlement

price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


shall be the closing value

of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the underlying index on

the


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


191
last trading day.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Contract Specifications for stock Futures:

Trading in individual stock futures have commenced on NSE from

November 2001. These contracts are cash settled on a T+1 basis. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


expiration cycle for stock futures is the same as for index futures. A

new contract is introduced on the trading day following the expiry of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the near month contract



Charges:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The maximum brokerage chargeale by a trading member in relation to

trades effected in the contracts admitted to dealing on the F& O

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

segment of NSE is 2.5% of the contract value. The transaction charges

payable by a TM for the trades executed by him on the F&O segmemnt

are fixed at Rs 2 per lakh of turnover (0.002%)(each side) or Rs 1 lakh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


annually, which ever is higher. The trading members also contribute o

the Investor Protection Fund of F&O segment at the rate of Rs 10 per

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

crore of business done




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




192
Exercises:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1. What are the basic features of Futures traded at NSE?

2. Give an account of Margin requirements, other charges relating

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

to trading in Futures?

3. How are the Futures settled?


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




I ) Hedging ? Introduction

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

We have seen how one can take a view on the market with the help of index futures.

The other benefit of trading in index futures is to hedge your portfolio against the

risk of trading. In order to understand how one can protect his portfolio from value

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


erosion let us take an example.

Illustration:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Amp enters into a contract with Saru roopa that six months from now he will sell to

Saru roopa 10 dresses for Rs 4000. The cost of manufacturing for Amp is only Rs

1000 and he will make a profit of Rs 3000 if the sale is completed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Cost (Rs)

Selling price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Profit

1000

4000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


3000

However, Amp fears that Saru roopa may not honour his contract six months from

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

now. So he inserts a new clause in the contract that if Saru roopa fails to honour the



193

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

contract she will have to pay a penalty of Rs 1000. And if Saru roopa honours the

contract Amp will offer a discount of Rs 1000 as incentive.

On Saru roopa's default

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


If Saru roopa honours

1000 (Initial Investment)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

3000 (Initial profit)

1000 (penalty from Saru roopa)

(-1000) discount given to Saru roopa

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- (No gain/loss)

2000 (Net gain)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

As we see above if Saru roopa defaults Amp will get a penalty of Rs 1000 but he

will recover his initial investment. If Saru roopa honours the contract, Amp will still

make a profit of Rs 2000. Thus, Amp has hedged his risk against default and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


protected his initial investment.

The above example explains the concept of hedging. Let us try understanding how

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

one can use hedging in a real life scenario.

Stocks carry two types of risk ? company specific and market risk. While company

risk can be minimized by diversifying your portfolio market risk cannot be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


diversified but has to be hedged. So how does one measure the market risk? Market

risk can be known from Beta.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Beta measures the relationship between movements of the index to the movement of

the stock. The beta measures the percentage impact on the stock prices for 1%

change in the index. Therefore, for a portfolio whose value goes down by 11%

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


when the index goes down by 10%, the beta would be 1.1. When the index

increases by 10%, the value of the portfolio increases 11%. The idea is to make beta

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of your portfolio zero to nullify your losses.



194

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Hedging involves protecting an existing asset position from future adverse

price movements. In order to hedge a position, a market player needs to take

an equal and opposite position in the futures market to the one held in the cash

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


market. Every portfolio has a hidden exposure to the index, which is denoted by

the beta. Assuming you have a portfolio of Rs 1 million, which has a beta of 1.2,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

you can factor a complete hedge by selling Rs 1.2 mn of S&P CNX Nifty futures.



Steps:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Determine the beta of the portfolio. If the beta of any stock is not known, it

is safe to assume that it is 1.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Short sell the index in such a quantum that the gain on a unit decrease in the

index would offset the losses on the rest of his portfolio. This is achieved by

multiplying the relative volatility of the portfolio by the market value of his

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


holdings.

Therefore in the above scenario we have to shortsell 1.2 * 1 million = 1.2 million

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

worth of Nifty.

Now let us study the impact on the overall gain/loss that accrues:

Index down

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Index up 10%

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

10%

Gain/(Loss) in Rs 120,000 (Rs 120,000)

Portfolio

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




195
Gain/(Loss) in (Rs 120,000) Rs 120,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Futures

Net Effect

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Nil

Nil

As we see, that portfolio is completely insulated from any losses arising out of a fall

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


in market sentiment. But as a cost, one has to forego any gains that arise out of

improvement in the overall sentiment. Then why does one invest in equities if all

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the gains will be offset by losses in futures market. The idea is that everyone

expects his portfolio to outperform the market. Irrespective of whether the market

goes up or not, his portfolio value would increase.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The same methodology can be applied to a single stock by deriving the beta of the

scrip and taking a reverse position in the futures market.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Thus, we have seen how one can use hedging in the futures market to offset losses

in the cash market.

Speculation

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Speculators are those who do not have any position on which they enter in futures

and options market. They only have a particular view on the market, stock,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

commodity etc. In short, speculators put their money at risk in the hope of profiting

from an anticipated price change. They consider various factors such as demand

supply, market positions, open interests, economic fundamentals and other data to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


take their positions.

Illustration:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



196
Amp is a trader but has no time to track and analyze stocks. However, he fancies his

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

chances in predicting the market trend. So instead of buying different stocks he

buys Sensex Futures.

On May 1, 2001, he buys 100 Sensex futures @ 3600 on expectations that the index

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


will rise in future. On June 1, 2001, the Sensex rises to 4000 and at that time he

sells an equal number of contracts to close out his position.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Selling Price : 4000*100 = Rs 4,00,000

Less: Purchase Cost: 3600*100 = Rs 3,60,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Net gain Rs 40,000

Amp has made a profit of Rs 40,000 by taking a call on the future value of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sensex. However, if the Sensex had fallen he would have made a loss. Similarly, if

would have been bearish he could have sold Sensex futures and made a profit from

a falling profit. In index futures players can have a long-term view of the market up

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


to at least 3 months.

Arbitrage

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

An arbitrageur is basically risk averse. He enters into those contracts were he can

earn riskless profits. When markets are imperfect, buying in one market and

simultaneously selling in other market gives riskless profit. Arbitrageurs are always

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


in the look out for such imperfections.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

197
In the futures market one can take advantages of arbitrage opportunities by buying

from lower priced market and selling at the higher priced market. In index futures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

arbitrage is possible between the spot market and the futures market (NSE has

provided special software for buying all 50 Nifty stocks in the spot market.

Take the case of the NSE Nifty.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Assume that Nifty is at 1200 and 3 month`s Nifty futures is at 1300.

The futures price of Nifty futures can be worked out by taking the interest

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

cost of 3 months into account.

If there is a difference then arbitrage opportunity exists.

Let us take the example of single stock to understand the concept better. If Wipro is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


quoted at Rs 1000 per share and the 3 months futures of Wipro is Rs 1070 then one

can purchase ITC at Rs 1000 in spot by borrowing @ 12% annum for 3 months and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sell Wipro futures for 3 months at Rs 1070.

Sale = 1070

Cost= 1000+30 = 1030

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Arbitrage profit = 40

These kinds of imperfections continue to exist in the markets but one has to be alert

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

to the opportunities as they tend to get exhausted very fast.

Pricing of options


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


198
Options are used as risk management tools and the valuation or pricing of the

instruments are a careful balance of market factors.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


There are four major factors affecting the Option premium:

Price of Underlying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Time to Expiry

Exercise Price Time to Maturity

Volatility of the Underlying

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


And two less important factors:

Short-Term Interest Rates

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Dividends

Review of Options Pricing Factors

The Intrinsic Value of an Option

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The intrinsic value of an option is defined as the amount by which an option is in-

the-money or the immediate exercise value of the option when the underlying

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

position is marked-to-market.

For a call option: Intrinsic Value = Spot Price ? Strike Price

For a put option: Intrinsic Value = Strike Price ? Spot Price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The intrinsic value of an option must be positive or zero. It cannot be negative. For

a call option, the strike price must be less than the price of the underlying asset for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


199
the call to have an intrinsic value greater than 0. For a put option, the strike price

must be greater than the underlying asset price for it to have intrinsic value.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1) Price of underlying

The premium is affected by the price movements in the underlying instrument. For

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Call options ? the right to buy the underlying at a fixed strike

price ? as the underlying price rises so does its premium. As the underlying price

falls, so does the cost of the option premium. For Put options ? the right to sell the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


underlying at a fixed strike

price ? as the underlying price rises, the premium falls; as the underlying price falls

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the premium cost rises.

2) The Time Value of an Option

Generally, the longer the time remaining until an option`s expiration, the higher its

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


premium will be. This is because the longer an option`s lifetime, greater is the

possibility that the underlying share price might move so as to make the option in-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the-money. All other factors affecting an option`s price remaining the same, the

time value portion of an option`s premium will decrease (or decay) with the passage

of time.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Note: This time decay increases rapidly in the last several weeks of an option`s life.

When an option expires in-the-money, it is generally worth only its intrinsic value.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3) Volatility



200

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Volatility is the tendency of the underlying security`s market price to fluctuate

either up or down. It reflects a price change`s magnitude; it does not imply a bias

toward price movement in one direction or the other. Thus, it is a major factor in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


determining an option`s premium. The higher the volatility of the underlying stock,

the higher the premium because there is a greater possibility that the option will

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

move in-the-money. Generally, as the volatility of an under-lying stock increases,

the premiums of both calls and puts overlying that stock increase, and vice versa.

Higher volatility=Higher premium

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Lower volatility = Lower premium

Interest rates

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

In general interest rates have the least influence on options and equate

approximately to the cost of carry of a futures contract. If the size of the options

contract is very large, then this factor may take on some importance. All other

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


factors being equal as interest rates rise, premium costs fall and vice versa. The

relationship can be thought of as an opportunity cost. In order to buy an option, the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

buyer must either borrow funds or use funds on deposit. Either way the buyer incurs

an interest rate cost. If interest rates are rising, then the opportunity cost of buying

options increases and to compensate the buyer premium costs fall. Why should the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


buyer be compensated? Because the option writer receiving the premium can place

the funds on deposit and receive more interest than was previously anticipated. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

situation is reversed when interest rates fall ? premiums rise. This time it is the

writer who needs to be compensated.

Perfect Hedge

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



201
A position undertaken by an investor that would eliminate the risk of an existing

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

position or a position that eliminates all market risk from a portfolio in order to be a

perfect hedge, a position would need to have a 100% inverse correlation to the

initial position. As such, the perfect hedge is rarely found.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


A common example of a near-perfect hedge would be an investor using a

combination of held stock and opposing options positions to self-insure against any

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

loss in the stock position. The cost of this strategy is that it also limits the upside

potential of the stock position.

Hedge Fund

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


An aggressively managed portfolio of investments that uses advanced investment

Strategies such as leverage, long, short derivative positions in both domestic and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

international markets with the goal of generating high returns (either in an absolute

sense or over a specified market benchmark).

Legally, hedge funds are most often set up as private investment partnerships that

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


are open to a limited number of investors and require a very large initial minimum

investment. Investments in hedge funds are illiquid as they often require investors

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

keep their money in the fund for a minimum period of at least one year.

For the most part, hedge funds (unlike mutual funds) are unregulated because they

cater to sophisticated investors. In the U.S., laws require that the majority of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


investors in the fund be accredited. That is, they must earn a minimum amount of

money annually and have a net worth of over Rs.1 million, along with a significant

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

amount of investment knowledge. You can think of hedge funds as mutual funds for

the super-rich. They are similar to mutual funds in that investments are pooled and

professionally managed, but differ in that the fund has far more flexibility in its

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


investment



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

202
strategies.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

It is important to note that hedging is actually the practice of attempting to reduce

risk, but the goal of most hedge funds is to maximize return on investment. The

name is mostly historical, as the first hedge funds tried to hedge against the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


downside risk of a bear market with their ability to short the market (mutual funds

generally can`t enter into short positions as one of their primary goals). Nowadays,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

hedge funds use dozens of different strategies, so it isn`t accurate to say that hedge

funds just hedge risk. In fact, because hedge fund managers make speculative

investments, these funds can carry more risk than the overall market.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Buying Hedge

A transaction that commodities investors undertake to hedge against possible

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

increase in the prices of the actuals underlying the futures contracts.

Also called a long hedge, this particular strategy protects investors from increasing

prices by means of purchasing futures contracts. Many companies will attempt to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


use a long hedge strategy in order to reduce the uncertainty associated with future

prices.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Long Hedge

A situation where an investor has to take a long position in futures contracts in

order to hedge against future price volatility. A long hedge is beneficial for a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


company that knows it has to purchase an asset in the future and wants to lock in

the purchase price. A long hedge can also be used to hedge against a short position

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

that has already been taken by the investor.

For example, assume it is January and an aluminum manufacturer needs 25,000

pounds of copper to manufacture aluminum and fulfill a contract in May. The

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


current spot price is Rs.1.50 per pound, but the May futures price is Rs.1.40 per

pound. In January the aluminum manufacturer would take a long position in 1 May

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



203
futures contract on copper. These locks in the price the manufacturer will pay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



If in May the spot price of copper is Rs.1.45 per pound the manufacturer has

benefited from taking the long position, because the hedger is actually

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


paying Rs.0.05/pound of copper compared to the current market price. However if

the price of copper was anywhere below Rs.1.40 per pound the manufacturer would

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

be in a worse position than where they would have been if they did not enter into

the futures contract.

Selling Hedge

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


A hedging strategy with which the sale of futures contracts are meant to offset a

long underlying commodity position. Also known as a short hedge.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

This type of hedging strategy is typically used for the purpose of insuring against a

possible decrease in commodity prices. By selling a futures contract an investor can

guarantee the sale price for a specific commodity and eliminate the uncertainty

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


associated with such goods.

Micro-Hedge

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

An investment technique used to eliminate the risk of a single asset. In most cases,

this means taking an offsetting position in that single asset.

If this asset is part of a larger portfolio, the hedge will eliminate the risk of the one

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


asset but will have less of an effect on the risk associated with the portfolio.

Say you are holding the stock of a company and want to eliminate the price risks

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

associated with that stock. To offset your position in the company, you could take a

short position in the futures market, thereby securing the stock price for the period

of the futures contract. This strategy is used when an investor feels very uncertain

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


about the future movement of a single asset.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



204


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




II ) HEDGING SCHEMES

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Most option traders use more sophisticated hedging schemes than those that

have been described so far. As a first step, they attempt to make their portfolio

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


immune to small changes in the price of the underlying asset in the next small

interval of time. This is known as delta hedging. They then look. at what are known

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

as gamma and vega. Gamma is the rate of change of the value of the portfolio with

respect to delta; vega is the rate of change of the portfolio with respect to the asset's

volatility. By keeping gamma close to zero, a portfolio can be made relatively

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


insensitive to fairly large changes in the price of the asset; by keeping vega close to

zero, it can be made insensitive to changes in the asset's volatility. Option traders

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

may also look at theta and rho. Theta is the rate of change of the option portfolio

with the passage of time; rho is its rate of change with respect to the risk-free

interest rate. They may also carry out a scenario analysis investigating how the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


value of their position will be impacted by alternative future scenarios. In the next

few sections we discuss these approaches in more detail.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A. DELTA HEDGING




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

205
The delta of a derivative, . It is defined as the rate of change of its price

with respect to the price of the underlying asset . It is the slope of the curve that

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

relates the derivative's price to the underlying asset price.

Change in option premium

Delta = --------------------------------

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Change in underlying price

For example, an option with a delta of 0.5 will move Rs 5 for every change of Rs 10
in the underlying stock or index.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Illustration:

A trader is considering buying a Call option on a futures contract, which has a price

of Rs 19. The premium for the Call option with a strike price of Rs 19 is 0.80. The

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


delta for this option is +0.5. This means that if the price of the underlying futures

contract rises to Rs 20 ? a rise of Re 1 ? then the premium will increase by 0.5 x

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1.00 = 0.50. The new option premium will be 0.80 + 0.50 = Rs 1.30.

Consider a call option on a stock. Figure 4.1 shows the relationship between

the call price and the underlying stock price. When the stock price corresponds to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


point A, the option price corresponds to point B and the of the call is the slope of

the line indicated. As an approximation,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



= c

S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




More formally, = f / S. where f is the price of the derivative and S is the price
of the underlying asset.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




206

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Figure 4.1 Calculation of delta.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


where S is a small change in the stock price and c is the corresponding change in

the call price.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Assume that the delta of the call option is 0.6. This means that when the

stock price changes by a small amount, the option price changes by about 60% of

that amount. Suppose that the option price is Rs. 10 and the stock price is Rs. 100.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Imagine an investor who has sold 20 option contracts, that is, options to buy 2,000

shares. The investor's position could be hedged by buying 0.6 x 2,000 = 1,200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

shares. The gain (loss) on the option position would tend to be offset by the loss

(gain) on the stock position. For example, if the stock price goes up by Rs. 1 (pro-

ducing a gain of Rs. 1 ,200 on the shares purchased), the option price will tend to go

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


up by 0.6 x Rs. 1 = Rs. 0.60 (producing a loss of Rs. 1,200 on the options written);

if the stock price goes down by Rs. 1 (producing a loss of Rs. 1 ,200 on the shares

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

purchased), the option price will tend to go down by Rs. 0.60 (producing a gain of

Rs. 1,200 on the options written).


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

207
In this example, the delta of the investor's option position is 0.6 x (-2,000)

= -1,200. In other words, the investor loses 1,200 S on the options when the stock

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

price increases by S. The delta of the stock is by definition 1.0 and the long

position in 1,200 shares has a delta of + 1,200. The delta of the investor's total

position (short 2,000 call options; long 1,200 shares) is therefore zero. The delta of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the position in the underlying asset offsets the delta of the option position. A

position with a delta of zero is referred to as being delta neutral.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



It is important to realize that the investor's position remains delta hedged (or

delta neutral) for only a relatively short period of time. This is because delta

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


changes with both changes in the stock price and the passage of time. In practice,

when delta hedging is implemented, the hedge has to be adjusted periodically. This

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

is known as rebalancing. In our example, the stock price might increase to Rs. 110

by the end of three days. As indicated by Figure 4.1, an increase in the stock price

leads to an increase in delta. Suppose that delta rises from 0.60 to 0.65. This would

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


mean that an extra 0.05 x 2,000 = 100 shares would have to be purchased to

maintain the hedge. Hedging schemes such as this that involve frequent adjustments

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

are known as dynamic hedging schemes.



Delta is closely related to the Black-Scholes analysis. Black and Scholes

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


showed that it is possible to set up a riskless portfolio consisting of a position in a

derivative on a stock and a position in the stock. Expressed in terms of , their

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

portfolio is

-1: derivative

+ : shares of the stock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

208
Using our new terminology, we can say that Black and Scholes valued

options by setting up a delta-neutral position and arguing that the return on the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

position in a short period of time equals the risk-free interest rate.

Uses:

The knowledge of delta is of vital importance for option traders because this

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


paAmpeter is heavily used in margining and risk management strategies. The delta

is often called the hedge ratio. e.g. if you have a portfolio of n` shares of a stock

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

then n` divided by the delta gives you the number of calls you would need to be

short (i.e. need to write) to create a riskless hedge ? i.e. a portfolio which would be

worth the same whether the stock price rose by a very small amount or fell by a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


very small amount.

In such a "delta neutral" portfolio any gain in the value of the shares held due to a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

rise in the share price would be exactly offset by a loss on the value of the calls

written, and vice versa.

Note that as the delta changes with the stock price and time to expiration the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


number of shares would need to be continually adjusted to maintain the hedge. How

quickly the delta changes with the stock price are given by gamma, which we shall

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

learn subsequently.

Delta of Forward Contracts

Equation (3.6) shows that when the price of a non-dividend-paying stock

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


changes by S, with all else remaining the same; the value of a forward contract on

the stock also changes by S. The delta of a forward contract on one share of a non-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

dividend-paying stock is therefore 1.0. This means that a short forward contract on


209
one share can be hedged by purchasing one share, while a long forward contract on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


one share can be hedged by shorting one share. These two hedging schemes are

"hedge and forget" schemes in the sense that no changes need to be made to the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

position in the stock during the life of the contract. As already mentioned, when an

option or other more complicated derivative is being hedged, delta hedging is not a

hedge-and-forget scheme. If the hedge is to be effective, the position in the stock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


must be rebalanced frequently.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Deltas of European Calls and Puts

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


For a European call option on a non-dividend-paying stock, it can be shown

that

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

= N(d1)

where d1 is defined in Black-Scholes Pricing formula. Using delta hedging

for a short position in a European call option therefore involves keeping a long

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


position of N(d1)shares at any given time. Similarly, using delta hedging for a long
position in a European call option involves maintaining a short position of

N(d1)shares at any given time.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


For a European on a non-dividend-paying stock, delta is given by

=N(d1) - 1

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



This is negative, which means that a long position in a put option should be

hedged with a long position in the underlying stock, and a short position in a put

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


option should be hedged with a short position in the underlying stock. The variation

of the delta of a call option and a put option with the stock price is shown in Figure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



210
4.2a & 4.2 b and Figure 4.3 shows typical patterns for the variation of delta with

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

time to maturity for at-the-money, in-the-money, and out-of-the-money options.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Figure 4.2a: Variation of delta with the stock price for a call option

on a non dividend paying stock

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Figure 4.2b Variation of delta with the stock price for a put option on

a non-dividend-paying stock.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Variation of Delta with Time to Expiry :



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

211
Variation of Delta with Time to Expiry (T) for European option on a non-
dividend-paying share with strike price of X. Red, Blue and Green lines denote

out-of-the-money, at-the-money and in-the-money options respectively.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


In the money

At the money

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Out of money



Out of money

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


At the money

In the money

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Figure 4.3 Typical pattern for variation of delta with the time to maturity for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


a call and put option.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Simulations

Tables 4.1 and 4.2 provide two simulations of the operation of delta hedging

for the example in Section 14.1. The hedge is assumed to be adjusted or rebalanced

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




212
weekly. In both tables delta is calculated initially as 0.522. This means that as soon

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


as the option is written, Rs. 2,557,800 must be borrowed to buy 52,200 shares at a

price of Rs. 49. An interest cost of Rs. 2,500 is incurred in the first week.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



In Table 4.1 the stock price falls to Rs. 48 by the end of the first week.

This reduces the delta to 0.458, and 6,400 shares are sold to maintain the hedge.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


This realizes Rs. 308,000 in cash and the cumulative borrowings at the end of week

I are reduced to Rs. 2,252,300. During the second week the stock price reduces to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 47 and delta declines again; and so on. Toward the end of the life of the option

it becomes apparent that the option will be exercised and delta approaches 1.0. By

week 20, therefore, the hedger has a fully covered position. The hedger receives Rs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5,000,000 for the stock held, so that the total cost of writing the option and hedging

it is Rs. 263,400.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Table 4.2 illustrates an alternative sequence of events which are such that

the option closes out of the money. As it becomes progressively clearer that the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


option will not be exercised, delta approaches zero. By week 20 the hedger has a

naked position and has incurred costs totaling Rs. 256,600.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



In Tables 4.1 and 4.2 the costs of hedging the option, when discounted to the

beginning of the period, are close to but not exactly the same as the BlackScholes

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


price of Rs. 240,000. If the hedging scheme worked perfectly, the cost of hedging

would; after discounting, be exactly equal to the theoretical price of the option on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

every simulation. The reason that there is a variation in the cost of delta hedging is

that the hedge is rebalanced only once a week. As rebalancing takes place more

frequently, the uncertainty in the cost of hedging is reduced.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




213
TABLE 4.1 Simulation of Delta Hedging; Option Closes in the Money; Cost

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of Option to Writer = Rs. 263,400

Week Stock Delta Shares

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Cost of

Cumulative Interest Cost

Price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Purchased Shares

Cost (inch

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Purchased interest, in (thousands

(thousands thousands

of dollars)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


of dollars) of dollars)

0

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

49

0.522 52,200

2,557.8

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2,557.8

2.5

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



1

48 0.458

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(6,400)

(308.0)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2,252.3

2.2

2

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


47 0.400

(5,800)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(274.8)

1,979.7

1.9

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3

5?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

0.596

19,600

984.9

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2,966.5

2.9

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

4

51? 0.693

9,700

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


502.0

3,471.3

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3.3

5

53 0.774

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8,100

430.3

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3,904.9

3.8

6

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


53

0.771

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(300)

(15.9)

3,892.8

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3.7

7

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

51 0.706

(6,500)

(337.2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3,559.3

3.4

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

8

51 0.674

(3,200)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(164.4)

3,398.4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3.3

9

53

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


0.787

11,300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

598.9

4,000.5

3.8

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


10

49 0.550 (23,700)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(1,182.0)

2,822.3

2.7

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


11

48 ? 0.413 (13,700)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(664.4)

2,160.6

2.1

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


12

49 0.542

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

12,900

643.4

2,806.1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2.7

13

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

50 0.591

4,900

246.8

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


3,055.6

2.9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14

52 0.768

17,700

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


922.6

3,981.2

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3.8

15

51 0.759

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(900)

(46.7)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

3,938.3

3.8

16

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




52 0.865

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

10,600

560.5

4,502.6

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


4.3

17

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

54 0.978

11,300

620.1

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


5,127.0

4.9

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

18

54 0.990

1,200

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


65.6

5,197.5

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

5.0

19

55 1.000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1,000

55.9

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

5,258.3

5.1

20

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


57? 1.000

0

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

0.0

5,263.4


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

214
Table 4.3shows statistics on the performance of delta hedging from 1,000

simulations of stock price movements for our example. The performance measure is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the ratio of the standard deviation of the cost of writing the option and hedging it to

the Black-Scholes price of the option. It is clear that delta hedging is a great

improvement over the stop-loss strategy. Unlike the stop-loss strategy, the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


performance of delta hedging gets steadily better as the hedge is monitored more

frequently.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delta hedging aims to keep the total wealth of the financial institution as

close to unchanged as possible. Initially, the value of the written option is Rs.

240,000. In the situation depicted in Table 14.2, the value of the option can be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


calculated as Rs. 414,500 in week 9. Thus the financial institution has lost Rs.

174,500 on its option position between week 0 and week 9. Its cash position, as

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

measured by the cumulative cost, is Rs. 1,442.700 worse in week 9 than in week 0.

The value of the "hares held have increased from Rs. 2.557.800 to Rs. 4.171, 100

between week 0 and week 9. The net effect of all this is that the overall wealth of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the financial institution has changed by only Rs. 3,900 during the nine-week period.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




215
TABLE 4.2 Simulation of Delta Hedging; Option Closes out of the Money;

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Cost of Option to Writer = Rs. 256,600



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Week Stock Delta Shares

Cost of

Cumulative Interest Cost

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Price

Purchased Shares

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Cost (incl.

Purchased interest, in (thousands

(thousands thousands of dollars)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Of

of dollars)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

dollars)

0

49

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


0.522 52,200

2,557.8

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2,557.8

2.5

1

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


49? 0.568

4,600

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

228.9

2,789.1

2.7

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2

52

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

0.705 13,700

712.4

3,504,2

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3.4

3

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

50

0.579 (12,600)

(630.0)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2,877.6

2.8

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

4

48 0.459 (12,000)

(580.5)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2,299.8

2.2

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

5



48? 0.443 (1,600)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(77.2)

2,224.8

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2.1

6

48? 0.475

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3,200

156.0

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2,383.0

2.3

7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


49 0.540

6,500

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

322.6

2,707.8

2.6

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


8

48? 0.420 (12,000)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(579.0)

2.131.4

2.0

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


9

48? 0.410 (1,000)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(48.2)

2,085.2

2.0

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


10

51 0.658 24,800

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1,267.9

3,355.1

3.2

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


11

51? 0.692

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

3,400

175.1

3,533.5

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


3.4

12

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

49 0.542 (15,000)

(748.1)

2,788.7

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2.7

13

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

49 0.538

(400)

(20.0)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2,771.5

2,7

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

14

48? 0.400 (13,800)

(672.7)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2,101.4

2.0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15

47? 0.236 (16,400)

(779.0)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1.324.4

1.3

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

16

48

0.261

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2,500

120.0

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1.445.7

1.4

17

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


46? 0.062 (19,900)

(920.4)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

526.7

0.5

18

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


48 0.183 12,100

582.3

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1,109.5

1.1

19

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


46 0.007 (17,600)

(820.6)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

290.0

0.3

20

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


48 0.000

(700)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(33.7)

256.6

----

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


216
TABLE 4.3 Performance of Delta Hedging


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Hedge performance measure = ratio to theoretical price of option

of standard deviation of cost of option

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Time between

Hedge

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5

4 2 1 0.5 0.25

Rebalancing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(weeks)

Performance

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

0.43

0.39 0.26 0.19 0.14 0.09

Measure

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Where the Cost Comes From

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The delta-hedging scheme in Tables 4.1 and 4.2 in effect creates a long

position in the option synthetically. This neutralizes the short position arising from

the option that has been written. The scheme generally involves selling stock just

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


after the price has gone down and buying stock just after the price has gone up. It

might be termed a buy high-sell low scheme! The cost of Rs. 240,000 comes from

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the average difference between the price paid for the stock and the price realized for

it. Of course, the simulations in Tables 4.1 and 4.2 are idealized in that they assume

that the volatility is constant and that there are no transactions costs.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Delta of Other European Options

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

For European call options on a stock index paying a dividend yield q,

=e-q(T-t) N(d1)

Where d1 is defined as in European call price C` formula.. For European

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


put options on the stock index,

= e-q(T-t)[N(d1) ? 1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





217

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

For European call options on a currency,

= e-r f (T-t)N(d1)


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


where r f is the foreign risk-free interest rate and d1is defined as in European put
price P` formula. For European put options on a currency,

= e-r f (T-t)[N(d1) ? 1]

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





For European futures call options,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




= e-r (T-t)N(d1)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


where d1 is defined as earlier, and for European futures put options,


= e-r (T-t)[N(d1) ? 1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Example 4.1:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

A bank has written a six-month European option to sell ? 1,000,000 at an

exchange rate of 1.6000. Suppose that the current exchange rate is 1.6200, the risk-

free interest rate in the United Kingdom is 13% per annum, the risk-free interest

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


rate in the United States is 10% per annum, and the volatility of sterling is 15%. In

this case S = 1.6200, X = 1.6000, r = 0.10, rf = 0.13, = 0.15, and T - t = 0.5.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The delta of a put option on a currency is

[N(d1) ? 1] e-rf (T-t)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

where d1 is given by equation:


d1= 0.0287

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

N(d1)=0.5115

The delta of the put option is therefore (0.5115 -l)e-O.13XO.5 = -0.458.This

is the delta of a long position in one put option. The delta of the bank's total short

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




218
position is - 1,000,000 times this or +458,000. Delta hedging therefore requires

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


that a short sterling position of ?458,000 be set up initially. This short sterling

position has a delta of -458,000 and neutralizes the delta of the option position. As

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

time passes, the short position must be changed.



Using Futures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


In practice, delta hedging is often carried out using a position in futures

rather than one in the underlying asset. The contract that is used does not have to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

mature at the same time as the derivative. For ease of exposition we assume that a

futures contract is on one unit of the underlying asset.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Define:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

T*: maturity of futures contract

HA: required position in asset at time t for delta hedging

HF: alternative required position in futures contracts at time t for delta hedging

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


If the underlying asset is a non-dividend-paying stock, the futures price, F,

is from equation given by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F=Se-r (T*-t)



When the stock price increase by S, the futures price increases by Ser (T*-t)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


. The delta of the futures contract is therefore er (T*-t). Thus e-r (T*-t) futures contracts

have the same sensitivity to stock price movements as one stock. Hence

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

HF= e-r (T*-t) HA



When the underlying asset is a stock or stock index paying a dividend yield q, a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


similar argument shows that


219

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

HF = e- (r-q) (T*-t) HA (4.1)
When it is a currency

HF = e- (r-rf) (T*-t) HA

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Example 4.2

Consider again the option in Example 4.1. Suppose that the bank decides to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


hedge using nine-month currency futures contracts. In this case T* - t = 0.75 and



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

e-(r-rf) (T*-t) = 1.0228

so that the short position in currency futures required for delta hedging is 1.0228 x

458,000 = Rs. 468,442. Since each futures contract is for the purchase or sale of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.62,500, this means that (to the nearest whole number) seven contracts should be

shorted.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





It is interesting to note that the delta of a futures contract is different from

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the delta of the corresponding forward. This is true even when interest rates are

constant and the forward price equals the futures price. Consider the situation where

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the underlying asset is a non-dividend-paying stock. The delta of a futures contract

on one unit of the asset is e-r(T*-t) whereas the delta of a forward contract on one unit

of the asset is, as discussed earlier, 1.0.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Delta of a Portfolio

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



In a portfolio of options and other derivatives where there is a single un-

derlying asset, the delta of the portfolio is a weighted sum of the deltas of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


individual derivatives in the portfolio. If a portfolio, , consists of an amount, Wi,

of derivative i (1 i n ) , the delta of the portfolio is given by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



220
n

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

w

i

i

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


i1



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

where i is the delta of ith derivative. This can be used to calculate the

position in the underlying asset, or in a futures contract on the underlying asset,

necessary to carry out delta hedging. When this position has been taken, the delta of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the portfolio is zero and the portfolio is referred to as being delta neutral.


Example 4.3

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Consider a financial institution that has the following three positions in

options to buy or sell German marks:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. A long position in 100,000 call options with strike price 0.55 and exercise date in

three months. The delta of each option is 0.533.

2. A short position in 200,000 call options with strike price 0.56 and exercise date in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


five months. The delta of each, option is 0.468.

3. A short position in 50,000 put options with strike price 0.56 and exercise date in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

two months. The delta of each option is -0.508.



The delta of the whole portfolio is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




0.533 x 100,000 - 200,000 x 0.468 - 50,000 x (-0.508) = -14,900

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

This means that the portfolio can be made delta neutral with a long position of

14,900 marks.

A six-month futures contract could also be used to achieve delta neutrality in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


this example. Suppose that the risk-free rate of interest is 8% per annum in the

United States and 4% per annum in Germany. The number of marks that must be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

bought in the futures market for delta neutrality is

14,900e-(0.08-0.04)x0.5 = 14,605


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


221
B. THETA

The theta of a portfolio of derivatives, e, is the rate of change of the value of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the portfolio with respect to time with all else remaining the same . It is sometimes

referred to as the time decay of the portfolio. Theta is generally used to gain an idea

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of how time decay is affecting your portfolio.

Change in an option premium

Theta = --------------------------------------

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Change in time to expiry

For a European call option on a non-dividend-paying stock,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

SN'(d )

r(T t

)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

rX

N(d )

2

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


e

2

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

T t

where d1 and d2 are defined as in equation and

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


N '(x)

2

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

x

e

/ 2

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2

For a European put option on the stock,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

SN'(d )

1

r(T t)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




rX

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

N (d )

2

e

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2

T t

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

For a European call option on a stock index paying a dividend at rate q,

SN'(d )

q(T t)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


e

1

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



qSN(d ) q(Tt)

r(T t)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


e

rX

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

N (d )

2

1

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


e

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

T t

where d1 and d2 are defined as in equation. The formula for N'(x) is given in

Section. For a European put option on the stock index

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


SN'(d ) q(Tt)

e

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1



qSN(d ) q(Tt)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


r (T t )

e

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

rX

N (d )

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1

e

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2

T t


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


More formally,

/ t

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

where II is the value of the portfolio.




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

222

With q equal to r f, these last two equations give thetas for European call and put

options on currencies. With q equal to rand S equal to F, they give thetas for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


European futures options.

Example 4.4

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Consider a four-month put option on a stock index. The current value of the

index is 305, the strike price is 300, the dividend yield is 3% per annum, the risk-

free interest rate is 8% per annum, and the volatility of the index is 25% per annum.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


In this case, S = 305, X = 300, q = 0.03, r = 0.08, = 0.25, and T - t = 0.3333. The

option's theta is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

SN'(d ) q(Tt)

e

1

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




qSN(d ) q(Tt)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

r (T t )

e

rX

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


N (d ) = -18.15

2

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1

e

2

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


T t



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

This means that if 0.01 year (or 2.5 trading days) passes with no changes to

the value of the index or its volatility, the value of the option declines by 0.1815.

Theta is usually negative for an option . This is because as the time to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


maturity decreases, the option tends to become less valuable. The variation of

with stock price for a call option on a stock is shown in Figure 4.4. When the stock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

price is very low, theta is close to zero. For an at-the-money call option, theta is

large and negative. As the stock price becomes larger, theta tends to ?rXe-rT Figure

4.5 shows typical patterns for the variation of with the time to maturity for in-the-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


money, at-the-money, and out-of-the-money call options.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Theta is not the same type of hedge paAmpeter as delta and gamma. This is

because there is some uncertainty about the future stock price, but there is no


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

An exception to this could be an in-tile-money European put option on a non-dividend-paying
stock or an in-the-money European call option on a currency with a very high interest rate.


223

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

uncertainty about the passage of time. It does not make sense to hedge against the

effect of the passage of time on an option portfolio. As we will see in Section

Gamma, if theta is large in absolute terms, either delta or gamma must be large. If

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


both the delta and gamma of an option position are zero, theta indicates that the

value of the position will grow at the risk-free rate.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Theta

Stock


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



X

Price

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Figure 4.4 Variation of theta of a European call option with stock price.

Theta

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Time to



maturity

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Out of the money

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

In the money

At the money

Figure 4.5 Typical patterns for variation of theta of a European call option with time

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


to maturity.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

224
Assume an option has a premium of 3 and a theta of 0.06. After one day it will

decline to 2.94, the second day to 2.88 and so on. Naturally other factors, such as

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

changes in value of the underlying stock will alter the premium. Theta is only

concerned with the time value. Unfortunately, we cannot predict with accuracy the

change`s in stock market`s value, but we can measure exactly the time remaining

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


until expiration


C. GAMMA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The gamma, , of a portfolio of derivatives on an underlying asset is the

rate of change of the portfolio's delta with respect to the price of the underlying

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

asset .

Change in an option delta

Gamma = -------------------------------------

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Change in underlying price

If gamma is small, delta changes only slowly.The adjustments to keep a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

portfolio delta neutral need only be made relatively infrequently. However, if

gamma is large in absolute terms, delta is highly sensitive to the price of the

underlying asset. It is then quite risky to leave a delta-neutral portfolio unchanged

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


for any length of time. Figure 4.6 illustrates this point. When the stock price moves

from S to S`, delta hedging assumes that the option price moves from C to c.' when

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

in actual fact it moves from C to C". The difference between C' and C" leads to a

hedging error. The error depends on the curvature of the relationship between the

option price and the stock price. Gamma measures this curvature .

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




More formally, = 2/ S2, where is the value of the portfolio.
lndeed, the gamma of an option is sometimes referred to by practitioners as its curvature.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




225

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Suppose that S is the change in the price of an underlying asset in a small

interval of time, t, and II is the corresponding change in the price of the port-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

folio. If terms such ast2, which are of higher order than t, are ignored, Appendix

14A shows that for a delta-neutral portfolio,

= t + ? S2 (4.2)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Call
Price

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




C

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

C`




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Stock Price

S

S`

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Figure 4.6 Error in delta hedging



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




226

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



S


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


S



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Slightly positive gamma



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Large positive gamma

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




S

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



S


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Slightly negative gamma


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Large negative gamma

Figure 4.7 Alternative relationships between and S for a delta-neutral

portfolio.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




227
where is the theta of the portfolio. Figure 4.7 shows the nature of this

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


relationship between and S. When gamma is positive, theta tends to be

negative.10 The portfolio declines in value if there is no change in the S, but

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

increases in value if there is a large positive or negative change in S. When gamma

is negative, theta tends to be positive and the reverse is true; the portfolio increases

in value if there is no change in S but decreases in value if there is a large positive

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


or negative change in S. As the absolute value of gamma increases, the sensitivity

of the value of the portfolio to S increases.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Example 4.5

Suppose that the gamma of a delta-neutral portfolio of options on an asset is

- 10,000. Equation (4.2) shows that if a change of + 2 or - 2 in the price of the asset

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


occurs over a short period of time, there is an unexpected decrease in the value of

the portfolio of approximately 0.5 x 10,000 x 22 = Rs. 20,000.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

For example: if a Call option has a delta of 0.50 and a gamma of 0.05, then a rise

of ?1 in the underlying means the delta will move to 0.55 for a price rise and 0.45

for a price fall. Gamma is rather like the rate of change in the speed of a car ? its

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


acceleration ? in moving from a standstill, up to its cruising speed, and braking back

to a standstill. Gamma is greatest for an ATM (at-the-money) option (cruising) and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

falls to zero as an option moves deeply ITM (in-the-money ) and OTM (out-of-the-

money) (standstill).

If you are hedging a portfolio using the delta-hedge technique described under

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


"Delta", then you will want to keep gamma as small as possible as the smaller it is

the less often you will have to adjust the hedge to maintain a delta neutral position.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

If gamma is too large a small change in stock price could wreck your hedge.

Adjusting gamma, however, can be tricky and is generally done using options --


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

228
unlike delta, it can't be done by buying or selling the underlying asset as the gamma

of the underlying asset is, by definition, always zero so more or less of it won't

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

affect the gamma of the total portfolio.

Making a Portfolio Gamma Neutral


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


A position in the underlying asset or in a futures contract on the underlying

asset has zero gamma. The only way a financial institution can change the gamma

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of its portfolio is by taking a position in a traded option. Suppose that a delta-neutral

portfolio has gamma equal to and a traded option has a gamma equal to T. If the

number of traded options added to the portfolio isWT, the gamma of the portfolio is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



WT T +

Hence the position in the traded option necessary to make the portfolio

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


gamma neutral is - / T . Of course, including the traded option is liable to change
the delta of the portfolio, so the position in the underlying asset (or futures contract

on the underlying asset) then has to be changed to maintain delta neutrality. Note

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


that the portfolio is only gamma neutral instantaneously. As time passes, gamma

neutrality can be maintained only if the position in the traded option is adjusted so

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

that it is always equal to - / T.


Example 4.6

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Suppose that a portfolio is delta neutral and has a gamma of - 3,000. The

delta and gamma of a particular traded call option are 0.62 and 1.50, respectively.

The portfolio can be made gamma neutral by including a long position of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3,000 = 2,000

1.5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


229

traded call options in the portfolio. However, the delta of the portfolio will then

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

change from zero to 2,000 X 0.62 = 1,240. A quantity, 1,240, of the underlying

asset must there- fore be sold from the portfolio to keep it delta neutral.

10It will be shown in Section relationship among Delta, Theta, and Gamma

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


that



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


+ ?2 S2 = r

for a delta-neutral portfolio.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Making a portfolio gamma neutral can be regarded as a first correction for

the fact that the position in the underlying asset (or futures contracts on the un.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

derlying asset) cannot be changed continuously when delta hedging is used.

Calculation of Gamma

For a European call or put option on a non-dividend-paying stock, the gamma is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


given by

N'(d

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



)

1

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




S T t

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Where d1, is defined as in equation and N'(x) is given in Cumulative Normal

Distribution function. This is always positive and varies with S in the way indicated

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


in Figure 4.8.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

230
Gamma



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

X

Stock Price


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Figure 4.8 Typical patterns for variation of gamma with stock price for an option.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Gamma



At the money

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Out of the money

In the money

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Time to maturity



Figure 4.9 Variation of gamma with time to maturity for a stock option.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

231
Typical patterns for the variation of gamma with time to maturity for out-of-

the money, at-the-money, and in-the-money options are shown in Figure 4.9. For an

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

at-the-money option, gamma increases as the time to maturity decreases. Short-life

at-the-money options have a very high gamma, which means that the value of the

option holder's position is highly sensitive to jumps in the stock price.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




For a European call or put option on a stock index paying a continuous div-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

idend at rate q,

N '(d )eq(Tt)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

S T t

Where d1 is defined as earlier. This formula gives the gamma for a European

option on a currency when q is put equal to the foreign risk-free rate and gives the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


gamma for a European futures option with q = r and S = F.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Example 4.7

Consider a four-month put option on a stock index. Suppose that the current

value of the index is 305, the strike price is 300, the dividend yield is 3% per

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


annum, the risk-free interest rate is 8% per annum, and volatility of the index is

25% per annum. In this case, S = 305, X = 300, q = 0.03, r = 0.08, = 0.25, and T -

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

t = 0.3333. The gamma of the index option is given by

N '(d ) q(Tt)

e

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1

0.00857

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

S T t

Thus an increase of 1 in the index increases the delta of the option by approximately

0.00857.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


232


RELATIONSHIP AMONG DELTA, THETA, AND GAMMA

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The Black-Scholes differential equation that must be satisfied by the price, f,

of any derivative on a non-dividend-paying stock is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f

f

2 f

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1 2 2

rS

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

S

rf

t

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


S

2

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

S

2

Since

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2

f

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

f

f


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



2

t

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


S

S

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

it follows that

1

rS

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2

S 2 rf (4.3)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2


This is true for portfolios of derivatives on a non-dividend-paying security as well

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as for individual derivatives.

For a delta-neutral portfolio, . = 0 and

1 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


S 2 rf

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This shows that when is large and positive, gamma tends to be large and

negative, and vice versa. In a delta-neutral portfolio, theta can be regarded as a

proxy for gamma.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




233

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

D. VEGA

Up to now we' have implicitly assumed that the volatility of the asset

underlying a derivative is constant. In practice, volatilities change over time. This

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


means that the value of a derivative is liable to change because of movements in

volatility as well as because of changes in the asset price and the passage of time.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The vega of a portfolio of derivatives, , is the rate of change of the value of

the portfolio with respect to the volatility of the underlying asset .

Change in an option premium

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Vega = -----------------------------------------

Change in volatility

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

If for example, XYZ stock has a volatility factor of 30% and the current premium is

3, a vega of .08 would indicate that the premium would increase to 3.08 if the

volatility factor increased by 1% to 31%. As the stock becomes more volatile the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


changes in premium will increase in the same proportion. Vega measures the

sensitivity of the premium to these changes in volatility.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

What practical use is the vega to a trader? If a trader maintains a delta neutral

position, then it is possible to trade options purely in terms of volatility ? the trader

is not exposed to changes in underlying prices.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




More formally, = /, where is the value of the portfolio. Vega is also

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sometimes referred to as lambda, kappa or sigma.




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

234
If vega is high in absolute terms, the portfolio's value is very sensitive to

small changes in volatility. If vega is low in absolute terms, volatility changes have

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

relatively little impact on the value of the portfolio.

A position in the underlying asset or in a futures contract has zero vega.

However, the vega of a portfolio can be changed by adding a position in a traded

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


option. If is the vega of the portfolio and T is the vega of a traded option, a

position of ? / T in the traded option makes the portfolio instantaneously vega
neutral. Unfortunately, a portfolio that is gamma neutral will not in general be vega

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


neutral, and vice versa. If a hedger requires a portfolio to be both gamma and vega

neutral, at least two traded derivatives dependent on the underlying asset must

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

usually be used.

Example 4.8

Consider a portfolio that is delta neutral, with a gamma of -5,000 and a vega

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of -8,000. Suppose that a traded option has a gamma of 0.5, a vega of 2.0, and a

delta of 0.6. The portfolio can be made vega neutral by including a long position in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,000 traded options. This would increase delta to 2,400 and require that 2,400 units

of the asset be sold to maintain delta neutrality. The gamma of the portfolio would

change from - 5,000 to - 3,000.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




To make the portfolio gamma and vega neutral, we suppose that there is a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

second traded option with a gamma of 0.8, a vega of 1.2, and a delta of 0.5. If w1
and w2 are the amounts of the two traded options included in the portfolio, we
require that

-5,000 + 0.5w1 + 0.8w2 = 0

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


-8,000 + 2.0 w1+ 1.2 w2 = 0



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

235
The solution to these equations is w1 = 400, w2 = 6,000. The portfolio can

therefore be made gamma and vega neutral by including 400 of the first traded

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

option and 6,000 of the second traded option. The delta of the portfolio after the

addition of the positions in the two traded options is 400 X 0.6 + 6,000 X 0.5 =

3,240. Hence 3,240 units of the asset would have to be sold to maintain delta

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


neutrality.

For a European call or put option on a non-dividend-paying stock, vega is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

given by

= S T t N`(d1)

where d1 is defined as in equation (11.22). The formula for N'(x) is given in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Section 11 .8. For a European call or put option on a stock or stock index paying a

continuous dividend yield at rate q,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

= S T t N`(d1)e-q(T-t)

where d1 is defined as in equation .This equation gives the vega for a

European currency option with q replaced by rf It also gives the vega for a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


European futures option with q replaced by r, and S replaced by F. The vega of an

option is always positive. The general way in which it varies with S is shown in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Figure 4.10.



Calculating vega from the Black-Scholes pricing formula is an approxima-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


tion., This is because one of the assumptions underlying Black-Scholes is that

volatility is constant. Ideally, we would like to calculate vega from a model in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

which volatility is assumed to be stochastic. This is considerably more complicated.



236

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Luckily, it can be shown that the vega calculated from a stochastic volatility

model is very similar to the Black-Scholes vega .

Vega

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




X

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Stock Price



Figure.4.10 Variation of vega with stock price for an option.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Gamma neutrality corrects for the fact that time elapses between hedge

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

rebalancing. Vega neutrality corrects for a variable . As might be expected,

whether it is best to use an available traded option for vega or gamma hedging

depends on the time between hedge rebalancing and the volatility of the volatility .

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

See J. Hull and A. White, "The Pricing of Options on Assets with Stochastic Volatilities," Journal
of Finance, 42 (June 1987), 281-300; J. Hull and A. White, "An Analysis of the Bias in Option

Pricing Caused by a Stochastic Volatility," Advances in Futures and Options Research, 3 (1988), 27-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

61.


For a discussion of this issue; seeJ.Hull and A. White, "Hedging the Risks from Writing Foreign
Currency Options," Journal of International Money and Finance. 6 (June 1987), 131-52

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



237


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Example 4.9

Consider again the put option in Example 4.7. Its vega is given by

S T t N`(d1)e-q(T-t) = 66.44

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Thus a 1 % or 0.01 increase in volatility (from 25% to 26%) increases the

value of the option by approximately 0.6644.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



E. RHO

The rho of a portfolio of derivatives is the rate of change of the value of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


portfolio with respect to the interest rate . It measures the sensitivity of the value

of a portfolio to interest rates.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Change in an option premium

Rho = ---------------------------------------------------
Change in cost of funding underlying

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Example:

Assume the value of Rho is 14.10. If the risk free interest rates go up by 1% the

price of the option will move by Rs 0.14109. To put this in another way: if the risk-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


free interest rate changes by a small amount, then the option value should change by

14.10 times that amount. For example, if the risk-free interest rate increased by 0.01

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(from 10% to 11%), the option value would change by 14.10*0.01 = 0.14. For a put

option the relationship is inverse. If the interest rate goes up the option value

decreases and therefore, Rho for a put option is negative. In general Rho tends to be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


small except for long-dated options.


More formally, rho equals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


/ r

, where is the value of the portfolio.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




238
For a European call option on a non-dividend-paying stock,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


rho = X(T - t) e-r (T-t) N(d2)


and for a European put option on the stock,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


rho = - X(T - t) e-r (T-t) N(- d2)

Where d2 is defined as in equation earlier. These same formulas apply to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

European call and put options on stocks and stock indices paying a dividend yield at

rate q, and to European call and put options on futures contracts, when appropriate

changes are made to the definition of d2.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Example 4.10

Consider again the four: month put option on a stock index. The current

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

value of the index is 305, the strike price is 300, the dividend yield is 3% per

annum, the risk-free interest rate is 8% per annum, and the volatility of the index is

25% per annum. In this case, S = 305, X = 300, q = 0.03, r = 0.08, = 0.25, T - t =

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


0.333. The option's rho is

- X(T - t) e-r (T-t) N(- d2) = -42.57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





This means that for a one-percentage-point or 0.01 increase in the risk-free interest

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


rate (from 8% to 9%), the value of the option decreases by 0.4257.

In the case of currency options, there are two rhos corresponding to the two

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

interest rates. The rho corresponding to the domestic interest rate is given by

previous formulas. The rho corresponding to the foreign interest rate for a European

call on a currency is given by

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


rho = - (T-t)e-r f ( T-t) SN(d1)

while for a European put it is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rho = (T-t)e-r f ( T-t) SN(-d1)



239

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





III. PORTFOLIO INSURANCE

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Portfolio managers holding a well-diversified stock portfolio are sometimes

interested in insuring themselves against the value of the portfolio dropping below a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

certain level. One way of doing this is by holding, in conjunction with the stock

portfolio, put options on a stock index. This strategy was discussed in earlier units.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Consider, for example, a fund manager with a Rs. 30 million portfolio

whose value mirrors the value of the S&P 500. Suppose that the S&P 500 is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

standing at 300 and the manager wishes to insure against the value of the portfolio

dropping below Rs. 29 million in the next six months. One approach is to buy 1,000

six-month put option contracts on the S&P 500 with a strike price of 290 and a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


maturity in six months. If the index drops below 290, the put options will become in

the money and provide the manager with compensation for the decline in the value

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of the portfolio. Suppose, for example, that the index drops to 270 at the end of 6

months. The value of the manager's stock portfolio is likely to be about Rs. 27

million. Since each option contract is on 100 times the index, the total value of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


put options is Rs. 2 million. This brings the' value of the entire holding back up to

Rs. 29 million. Of course, insurance is not free. In this example the put options

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

could cost the portfolio manager as much as Rs. 1 million



Creating Options Synthetically

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


An alternative approach open to the portfolio manager involves creating the

put options synthetically. This involves taking a position in the underlying asset (or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

futures on the underlying asset) so that the delta of the position is maintained equal



240

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

to the delta of the required option. If more accuracy is required, the next step is to

use traded options to match the gamma and vega of the required option. The

position necessary to create an option synthetically is the reverse of that necessary

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


to hedge it. This is a reflection of the fact that a procedure for hedging an option

involves the creation of an equal and opposite option synthetically.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



There are two reasons why it may be more attractive for the portfolio man-

ager to create the required put option synthetically than to buy it in the market. The

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


first is that options markets do not always have the liquidity to absorb the trades that

managers of large funds would like to carry out. The second is that fund managers

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

often require strike prices and exercise dates that are different from those available

in traded options markets.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The synthetic option can be created from trades in stocks themselves or from

trades in index futures contracts. We first examine the creation of a put option by

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

trades in the stocks themselves. Consider again the fund manager with a well--

diversified portfolio worth Rs. 30 million who wishes to buy a European put on the

portfolio with a' strike price of Rs. 29 million and an exercise date in six months.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Recall that the delta of a European put on an index is given by



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

= e-q(T-t)[N(d1) ? 1]

where, with the usual notation,


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


d1 = In(S/X) + (r-q + 2/2) (T-t)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

T t




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


241
Since, in this case, the fund manager's portfolio mirrors the index, this is

also the delta of a put on the portfolio when it is regarded as a single security. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


delta is negative. Accordingly, to create the put option synthetically, the fund

manager should ensure that at any given time a proportion

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

e-q(T-t)[1- N(d1) ]

of the stocks in the original Rs. 30 million portfolio have been sold and the proceeds

invested in riskless assets. As the value of the original portfolio declines, the delta

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of the put becomes more negative and the proportion of the portfolio sold must be

increased. As the value of the original portfolio increases, the delta of the put

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

becomes less negative and the proportion of the portfolio sold must be decreased

(i.e., some of the original portfolio must be repurchased).


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Using this strategy to create portfolio insurance means that at any given time

funds are divided between the stock portfolio on which insurance is required and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

riskless assets. As the value of the stock portfolio increases, riskless assets are sold

and the position in the stock portfolio is increased. As the value of the stock

portfolio declines, the position in the stock portfolio is decreased and riskless assets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


are purchased. The cost of the insurance arises from the fact that the portfolio

manager is always selling after a decline in the market and buying after a rise in the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

market.

Use of Index Futures

Using index futures to create portfolio insurance can be preferable to using

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the underlying stocks, provided that the index futures market is sufficiently liquid to

handle the required trades. This is because the transactions costs associated with

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

trades in index futures are generally less than those associated with the

corresponding trades in the underlying stocks. The portfolio manager considered


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


242
earlier would keep the Rs. 30 million stock portfolios intact and short index futures

contracts. From equations (4.1) and (4.4), the amount of futures contracts shorted as

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


a proportion of the value of the portfolio should be

e-q(T-t) e- (r - q) ( T* - t) )[1- N(d1) ] = e-q ( T* - T) e-r (T* - t) [1- N(d1) ]

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Where T* is the maturity date of the futures contract. If the portfolio is

worth. K1 times the index and each index futures contract is on K2 times the index,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

this means that the number of futures contracts shorted at any given time should be

k

e-q ( T* - T) e-r (T* - t) [1- N(d

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1

1) ]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



k2

Example 4.11

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


In the example given at the beginning of this section, suppose that the

volatility of the market is 25% per annum, the risk-free interest rate is 9% per

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

annum, and the dividend yield on the market is 3% per annum. In this case, S = 300,

X = 290, r = 0.09, q = 0,03, = 0.25, and T - t = 0.5. The delta of the option that

is required is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


e-q(T-t) )[ N(d1) - 1 ] = - 0.322



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Hence, if trades in the portfolio are used to create the option, 32.2% of the

portfolio should be sold initially. If nine-month futures contracts on the S&P 500

are used, T* - T = 0.25, T' - t = 0.75, K1 = 100,000, K2 = 500, so that the number of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

futures contracts shorted should be

k

e-q ( T* - T) e-r (T* - t) [1- N(d

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1

1) ]

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

= 61.6

k2

An important issue when put options are created synthetically for portfolio

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


insurance is the frequency with which the portfolio manager's position should be

adjusted or rebalanced. With no transaction costs, continuous rebalancing is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



243
,optimal. However, as transactions costs increase, the optimal frequency of rebal-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ancing declines. This issue is discussed by Leland .



Up to now we have assumed that the portfolio mirrors the index. As dis-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


cussed in Chapter 12, the hedging scheme can be adjusted to deal with other

situations. Tile strike price for the options used should be the expected level of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

market index when the portfolio's value reaches its insured value. The number of

index options used should be times the number of options that would be required

if the portfolio had a beta of 1.0.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Example 4.12

Suppose that the risk-free rate of interest is 5% per annum, the S&P 500

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

stands at 500, and the value of a portfolio with a beta of 2.0 is Rs. 10 million.

Suppose that the dividend yield on the S&P 500 is 3%, the dividend yield on the

portfolio is 2%, and that the portfolio manager wishes to insure against a decline in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the value of the portfolio to below Rs. 9.3 million in the next year. If the value of

the portfolio declines to Rs. 9.3 million at the end of the year, the total return (after

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

taking account of the 2% dividend yield) is approximately -5% per annum. This is

10% per annum less than the risk-free rate. We expect the market to perform 5%

worse than the risk-free rate (i.e., .to provide zero return) in these circumstances.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Hence, we expect a 3% decline in the S&P 500 since this index does not take any

account of dividends. The correct strike price for the put options that are created is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

therefore 485. The number of put options required is beta times the value of the

portfolio I divided by the value of the index, or 40,000 (i.e., 400 contracts).


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15See H. E. Leland, "Option Pricing and Replication with Transactions Costs," Journal of Finance,
40 (December 1985), 1283-1301.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


244


To illustrate that this answer is at least approximately correct, suppose that

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the portfolio's value drops to Rs. 8.3 million. With dividends it provides a return of

approximately -15% per annum. This is approximately 20% per annum less than the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

risk-free rate.



The S&P 500 plus dividends on the S&P 500 can be expected to provide a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


return that is 10% per annum less than the risk-free rate. This means that the index

will reduce by 8%, to 460. The 40,000 put options with a strike price of 485 will

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

payoff Rs. 1 million, as required.



When is not equal to 1.0 and the fund manager wishes to use trades in the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


portfolio to create the option, the portfolio can be regarded as a single security. As

an approximation, the volatility of the portfolio can be assumed to be equal to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

times the volatility of the market index .



October 19, 1987 and Stock Market Volatility

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Creating put options on the index synthetically does not work well if the

volatility of the index changes rapidly or if the index exhibits large jumps. On

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Monday, October 19, 1987, the Dow Jones Industrial Average dropped by over 500

points. Portfolio managers who had insured themselves by buying traded put

options survived this crash well. Those who had chosen to create put options

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




This is exactly true only if beta is calculated on the basis of the returns in very small time

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

intervals. By contrast, the argument in Example 4.12 is exactly true only if beta is calculated on the

basis of returns in time intervals of length equal to the life of the option being created.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



245
synthetically found that they were unable to sell either stocks or index futures fast

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

enough to protect their position.



We have already raised the issue of whether volatility is caused solely by the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


arrival of new information or whether trading itself generates volatility. Portfolio

insurance schemes such as those just described have the potential to increase

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

volatility. When the market declines, they cause portfolio managers either to sell

stock or to sell index futures contracts. This may accentuate the decline. The sale of

stock is liable to drive down the market index further in a direct way. The sale of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


index futures contracts is liable to drive down futures prices. This creates selling

pressure on stocks via the mechanism of index arbitrage so that the market index is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

liable to be driven down in this case as well. Similarly, when the market rises, the

portfolio insurance schemes cause portfolio managers either to buy stock or to buy

futures contracts. This may accentuate the rise.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




In addition to formal portfolio insurance schemes, we can speculate that

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

many investors consciously or subconsciously follow portfolio insurance schemes

of their own. For example, an investor may be inclined to enter the market when it

is rising, but will sell when it is falling, to limit his or her downside risk.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Whether portfolio insurance schemes (formal or informal) affect volatility

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

depends on how easily the market can absorb the trades that are generated by

portfolio insurance. If portfolio insurance trades are a very small fraction of all

trades, there is likely to be no effect. But as portfolio insurance becomes more

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


widespread, it is liable to have a destabilizing effect on the market.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



246


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

IV. Conclusion

Historical`Volatility

Historical Volatility reflects how far an instruments price has deviated from

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


it's average price (mean) in the past. On a yearly basis, this number

represents the one standard deviation % price change expected in the year

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

ahead. In other words if a stock is trading at 100 and has a volatility of

0.20(20%) then there is a 68% probability(1 standard dev = 68%

probability) that the price will be in the range 80 to 120 a year from now.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Similarly there is a 95% probability that the price will be between 60 and

140 a year from now (2 standard deviations). The higher the volatility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

number the higher the volatility.

Within Investor/RT, there are two methods to choose from when computing

volatility: The Close-to-Close Method and the Extreme Value Method. The

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Close-to-Close Method compares the closing price with the closing price of the

previous period, while the Extreme Value Method compare the highs and lows

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of each period. The method used, along with the number of periods used in the

calculation, and the periodicity (duration of each period) may be set by the user

in the Options Analysis Preferences. (Volatility Computation Details)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Theoretical`Value

The Theoretical Value of an option is expressed without the influences of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the market, such as supply/demand, current volume traded, or expectations.

It is calculated using a formula involving strike price, exercise price, time

until expiration, and historical volatility. Currently, Investor/RT uses the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Black-Scholes model to calculate the theoretical value of the option,



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

247
although other model options may be added in the future. (Black-Scholes

Computation Details)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Implied`Volatility

Implied Volatility is calculated by inspecting the current option premium,

and determining what the volatility should be in order to justify that

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


premium. It is determined by plugging the actual option price into our

Theoreticl Value model and solving for volatility. This implied volatility

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

can be compared to the historical volatility of the underlying in search of

underpriced and overpriced options.

1. Deltas

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Delta is the rate of change of the theoretical value of an option with respect to

its underlying. It is also defined as the probablility that an option will finish in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the money. Higher deltas(approaching 1.0) represent deep in-the-money

options, and lower deltas(approaching 0.0) represent further out-of-the-money

options. At-the-money options generally have deltas around 0.50, representing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


a 50% chance the contract will be in the money. This also represents the fact

that if the underlying moves 1.0 point, the options should move 0.50.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The delta measures sensitivity to price. The , of an instrument is the derivative

of the value function with respect to the underlying price,

.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2) Gamma

Gamma represents the rate of change of an options Delta. If an options

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

has a delta of 0.35 and a gamma of 0.05, then the option can be expected

to have a delta of 0.40 if the underlying goes up one point, and a delta of

0.30 if the underlying goes down one point.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




248
The gamma measures second order sensitivity to price. The is the second

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


derivative of the value function with respect to the underlying price,

.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

3) Theta

Theta is also commonly referred to as time decay. It represents the

options loss in theoretical value for each day the underlying price

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


remains unchanged. An option with a theta of 0.10 would lose 10 cents

each day provided the underlying does not move.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The theta measures sensitivity to the passage of time (see Option time
value). is minus the derivative of the option value with respect to the

amount of time to expiry of the option,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

4) Vega

Vega is the sensitivity of an options price to a change in volatility. An

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


option with a vega of 0.25 would gain 25 cents for each percentage point

increase in volatility.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The vega, measures sensitivity to volatility. Vega is not a Greek letter, but
sounds like one and starts with v; it is a humorous reference to Scholes's
Chevrolet Vega. The vega is the derivative of the option value with respect

to the volatility of the underlying,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


. The term kappa, , is sometimes

used instead of vega, and some trading firms have also used the term tau, .
5) Lambda

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Lambda measures the percentage change in an option for a one percent

change in the price of the underlying. A Lambda of 5 means a 1 percent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

change in the underlying will result in a 5 percent change in the option.



249

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

a. The lambda, is the percentage change in option value per

change in the underlying price, or

.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b. The vega gamma or volga measures second order sensitivity to

implied volatility. This is the second derivative of the option

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

value with respect to the volatility of the underlying,

.

6) Rho

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Rho measures the sensitivity of an option's theoretical value to a change

in interest rates.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The rho measures sensitivity to the applicable interest rate. The is the

derivative of the option value with respect to the risk free rate,

.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


250
Questions :

1. What do you mean by Hedging?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2. What are the Hedging Schemes?

3. What do you mean by Delta Hedging?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

4. What do you mean by Theta in Hedging?

5. What do you mean by Gamma in Hedging?

6. What do you mean by Vega in Hedging?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


7. What do you mean by Rho Hedging?

8. Explain hedging with an example

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Explain the relationship among Delta, Theta, and Gamma.

10. Explain the Error in Delta Hedging.

11. What do you mean by long hedge and hedge funds?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


12. Explain the concept Time to Maturity.

13. Explain the concept Price of Underlying

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

14. Explain the terms In the money, At the money and out of the money.




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

I. Development of Derivatives Market in India

he first step towards introduction of derivatives trading in India was the

T promulgation of the Securities Laws(Amendment) Ordinance, 1995, which

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


withdrew the prohibition on options in securities. The market for

derivatives, however, did not take off, as there was no regulatory framework to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

govern trading of derivatives. SEBI set up a 24?member committee under the

Chairmanship of Dr.L.C.Gupta on November 18, 1996 to develop appropriate

regulatory framework for derivatives trading in India. The committee submitted

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




251
its report on March 17, 1998 prescribing necessary pre?conditions for introduction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


of derivatives trading in India. The committee recommended that derivatives should

be declared as securities` so that regulatory framework applicable to trading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

securities` could also govern trading of securities. SEBI also set up a group in June

1998 under the Chairmanship of Prof.J.R.Varma, to recommend measures for risk

containment in derivatives market in India. The report, which was submitted in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


October 1998, worked out the operational details of margining system,

methodology for charging initial margins, broker net worth, deposit requirement

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and real?time monitoring requirements.

The Securities Contract Regulation Act (SCRA) was amended in December 1999 to

include derivatives within the ambit of securities` and the regulatory framework

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


was developed for governing derivatives trading. The act also made it clear that

derivatives shall be legal and valid only if such contracts are traded on a recognized

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

stock exchange, thus precluding OTC derivatives. The government also rescinded in

March 2000, the three? decade old notification, which prohibited forward trading in

securities.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Derivatives trading commenced in India in June 2000 after SEBI granted the final

approval to this effect in May 2001. SEBI permitted the derivative segments of two

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stock exchanges, NSE and BSE, and their clearing house/corporation to commence

trading and settlement in approved derivatives contracts. To begin with, SEBI

approved trading in index futures contracts based on S&P CNX Nifty and BSE?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


30(Sensex) index. This was followed by approval for trading in options based on

these two indexes and options on individual securities.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The trading in BSE Sensex options commenced on June 4, 2001 and the trading in

options on individual securities commenced in July 2001. Futures contracts on


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


252
individual stocks were launched in November 2001. The derivatives trading on

NSE commenced with S&P CNX Nifty Index futures on June 12, 2000. The

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


trading in index options commenced on June 4, 2001 and trading in options on

individual securities commenced on July 2, 2001.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Single stock futures were launched on November 9, 2001. The index futures and

options contract on NSE are based on S&P CNX Trading and settlement in

derivative contracts is done in accordance with the rules, byelaws, and regulations

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of the respective exchanges and their clearing house/corporation duly approved by

SEBI and notified in the official gazette. Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) are

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

permitted to trade in all Exchange traded derivative products.

The following are some observations based on the trading statistics provided in the

NSE report on the futures and options (F&O):

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


? Single-stock futures continue to account for a sizable proportion of the F&O

segment. It constituted 70 per cent of the total turnover during June 2002. A

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

primary reason attributed to this phenomenon is that traders are comfortable with

single-stock futures than equity options, as the former closely resembles the

erstwhile badla system.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


? On relative terms, volumes in the index options segment continues to remain poor.

This may be due to the low volatility of the spot index. Typically, options are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

considered more valuable when the volatility of the underlying (in this case, the

index) is high. A related issue is that brokers do not earn high commissions by

recommending index options to their clients, because low volatility leads to higher

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


waiting time for round-trips.

? Put volumes in the index options and equity options segment have increased since

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

January 2002. The call-put volumes in index options have decreased from 2.86 in



253

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

January 2002 to 1.32 in June. The fall in call-put volumes ratio suggests that the

traders are increasingly becoming pessimistic on the market.

? Farther month futures contracts are still not actively traded. Trading in equity

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


options on most stocks for even the next month was non-existent.

? Daily option price variations suggest that traders use the F&O segment as a less

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

risky alternative (read substitute) to generate profits from the stock price

movements. The fact that the option premiums tail intra-day stock prices is

evidence to this. Calls on Satyam fall, while puts rise when Satyam falls intra-day.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


If calls and puts are not looked as just substitutes for spot trading, the intra-day

stock price variations should not have a one-to-one impact on the option premiums.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




254
Table-1: Business growth of futures and options market: NSE Turnover (Rs.cr)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Month

Index

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Stock

Index

Stock

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Total



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

futures

futures

options

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


options



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Jun-00

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

35

-

-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


-

35

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Jul-00

108

-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


-

-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

108

Aug-00

90

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


-

-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

-

90

Sep-00

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


119

-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

-

-

119

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Oct-00

153

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

-

-

-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


153

Nov-00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

247

-

-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


-

247

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Dec-00

237

-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


-

-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

237

01-Jan

471

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


-

-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

-

471

01-Feb

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


524

-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

-

-

524

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


01-Mar

381

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

-

-

-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


381

01-Apr

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

292

-

-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


-

292

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

01-May

230

-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


-

-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

230

01-Jun

590

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


-

196

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

-

785

01-Jul

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1309

-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

326

396

2031

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


01-Aug

1305

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

-

284

1107

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2696

01-Sep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2857

-

559

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2012

5281

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

01-Oct

2485

-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


559

2433

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

5477

01-Nov

2484

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2811

455

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3010

8760

01-Dec

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2339

7515

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

405

2660

12919

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


02-Jan

2660

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

13261

338

5089

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21348

02-Feb

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2747

13939

430

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4499

21616

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

02-Mar

2185

13989

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


360

3957

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

20490




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





2001-02

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


21482

51516

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

3766

25163

101925

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Table: Business growth of futures and options market: NSE Turnover (Rs.cr)




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





255

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Commodity Derivatives
Futures contracts in pepper, turmeric, guar (jaggery), hessian (jute fabric), jute

sacking, castor seed, potato, coffee, cotton, and soybean and its derivatives are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

traded in 18 commodity exchanges located in various parts of the country. Futures

trading in other edible oils, oilseeds and oil cakes have been permitted. Trading in

futures in the new commodities, especially in edible oils, is expected to commence

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


in the near future. The sugar industry is exploring the merits of trading sugar

futures contracts.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The policy initiatives and the modernisation programme include extensive training,

structuring a reliable clearinghouse, establishment of a system of warehouse

receipts, and the thrust towards the establishment of a national commodity

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


exchange. The Government of India has constituted a committee to explore and

evaluate issues pertinent to the establishment and funding of the proposed national

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

commodity exchange for the nationwide trading of commodity futures contracts,

and the other institutions and institutional processes such as warehousing and

clearinghouses.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


With commodity futures, delivery is best effected using warehouse receipts (which

are like dematerialised securities). Warehousing functions have enabled viable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

exchanges to augment their strengths in contract design and trading. The viability of

the national commodity exchange is predicated on the reliability of the warehousing

functions. The programme for establishing a system of warehouse receipts is in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




256
progress. The Coffee Futures Exchange India (COFEI) has operated a system of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


warehouse receipts since 1998.

There are two exchanges for commodity in India:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1) National Commodity & Derivatives Exchange Limited

-(Herein referred to as NCDEX` or Exchange`),

2) Multi Commodity Exchange ( MCX )

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Table-3: Turnover in Commodity Derivatives Exchanges:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



257


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

.

Turnover in 2005-06

Turnover in 2004-05

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Commodity

(Rs. Crore)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(Rs. Crore)




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Total*

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21,34,472

13,87,780

NCDEX

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


10,67,696

7,46,775

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Top 10 commodities on



NCDEX:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Guar Seed

306,900

--------

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Chana

219,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

--------

Urad

178,800

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


--------

Silver

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

85,600

33,

200

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Gold

47,600

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

660

Tur

36,600

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


--------

Guar gum

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35,900

--------

Refined Soya Oil

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


25,900

--------

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sugar

25,600

--------

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


% of volumes:



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Pulse

40%

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


--------

Guar

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

30%

--------

Bullion

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


12%

--------

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


258
Foreign Exchange Derivatives

The Indian foreign exchange derivatives market owes its origin to the important

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


step that the RBI took in 1978 to allow banks to undertake intra-day trading in

foreign exchange; as a consequence, the stipulation of maintaining square or near

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

square position was to be complied with only at the close of each business day.

This was followed by use of products like cross-currency options, interest rate and

currency swaps, caps/collars and forward rate agreements in the international

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


foreign exchange market; development of a rupee-foreign currency swap market;

and introduction of additional hedging instruments such as foreign currency-rupee

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

options. Cross-currency derivatives with the rupee as one leg were introduced with

some restrictions in the April 1997 Credit Policy by the RBI. In the April 1999

Credit Policy, Rupee OTC interest rate derivatives were permitted using pure

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


rupee benchmarks, while in April 2000, Rupee interest rate derivatives were

permitted using implied rupee benchmarks. In 2001, a few select banks introduced

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Indian National Rupee (INR) Interest Rate Derivatives (IRDs) using Government

of India security yields as floating benchmarks. Interest rate futures (long bond

and t-bill) were introduced in June 2003 and Rupee-foreign exchange options

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


were allowed in July 2003.

Fixed income derivatives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Scheduled Commercial Banks, Primary Dealers (PDs) and FIs have been allowed

by RBI since July 1993 to write Interest Rate Swaps (IRS) and Forward Rate

Agreements (FRAs) as products for their own asset liability management (ALM) or

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


for market making (risk trading) purposes. Since October 2000, IRS can be written

on benchmarks in domestic money or debt market (e.g. NSE MIBOR, Reuter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mibor, GoI Treasury Bills) or on implied foreign currency interest rates [e.g.

Mumbai Interbank Forward Offer Rate (MIFOR), Mumbai Interbank Tom Offer


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


259
Rate (MITOR)]. IRS based on MIFOR/MITOR could well be written on a stand-

alone basis, and need not be a part of a Cross Currency Interest Rate Swap (CC-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


IRS). This enables corporates to benchmark the servicing cost on their rupee

liabilities to the foreign currency forward yield curve.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

There is now an active Over-The-Counter (OTC) IRS and FRA market in India.

Yet, the bulk of the activity is concentrated around foreign banks and some private

sector banks (new generation) that run active derivatives trading books in their

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


treasuries. The presence of Public Sector Bank (PSB) majors (such as SBI, BoB,

BoI, PNB, amongst others) in the rupee IRS market is marginal, at best. Most PSBs

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

are either unable or unwilling to run a derivatives trading book enfolding IRS or

FRAs. Further, most PSBs are not yet actively offering IRSs or FRAs to their

corporate customers on a covered basis with back-to-back deals in the inter-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


institutional market.

The consequence is a paradox. On the one side you have foreign banks and new

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

generation private sector banks that run a derivatives trading book but do not have

the ability to set significant counter party (credit) limits on a large segment of

corporate customers of PSBs. And, on the other side are PSBs who have the ability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


and willingness to set significant counter party (credit) limits on corporate

customers, but are unable or unwilling to write IRS or FRAs with them. Thereby,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the end user corporates are denied access through this route to appropriate hedging

and yield enhancing products, to better manage the asset-liability portfolio. This

inability or unwilling of PSB majors seemingly stems from the following key

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


impediments they are yet to overcome:

1. Inadequate technological and business process readiness of their treasuries

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to run a derivatives trading book, and manage related risks.

2. Inadequate readiness of human resources/talent in their treasuries to run a


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


260
derivatives trading book, and manage related risks.

3. Inadequate willingness of bank managements to the risk being held

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


accountable for bona-fide trading losses in the derivatives book, and be

exposed to subsequent onerous investigative reviews, in a milieu where there

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

is no penal consequence for lost opportunity profit.

4. Inadequate readiness of their Board of Directors to permit the bank to run a

derivatives trading book, partly for reasons cited above, and partly due to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


their own discomfort of the unfamiliar.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Interest rate options and futures:

The RBI is yet to permit banks to write rupee (INR) interest rate options. Indeed,

for banks to be able to write interest rate options, a rupee interest rate futures market

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


would need to first exist, so that the option writer can delta hedge the risk in the

interest rate options positions. And, according to one school of thought, perhaps the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

policy dilemma before RBI is: how to permit an interest rate futures market when

the current framework does not permit short selling of sovereign securities. Further,

even if short selling of sovereign securities were to be permitted, it may be of little

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


consequence unless lending and borrowing of sovereign securities is first permitted.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

II. REGULATORY FRAMEWORK FOR DERIVATIVES

THE GUIDING PRINCIPLES

Regulatory objectives

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1. The Committee believes that regulation should be designed to achieve specific,

well-defined goals. It is inclined towards positive regulation designed to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



261
encourage healthy activity and behaviour. It has been guided by the following

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

objectives :

a. Investor Protection: Attention needs to be given to the following four aspects:

i. Fairness and Transparency: The trading rules should ensure that

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


trading is conducted in a fair and transparent manner. Experience in

other countries shows that in many cases, derivative brokers/dealers

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

failed to disclose potential risk to the clients. In this context, sales

practices adopted by dealers for derivatives would require specific

regulation. In some of the most widely reported mishaps in the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


derivatives market elsewhere, the underlying reason was inadequate

internal control system at the user-firm itself so that overall exposure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

was not controlled and the use of derivatives was for speculation rather

than for risk hedging. These experiences provide useful lessons for us

for designing regulations.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


ii. Safeguard for clients' moneys: Moneys and securities deposited by

clients with the trading members should not only be kept in a separate

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

clients' account but should also not be attachable for meeting the broker's

own debts. It should be ensured that trading by dealers on own account

is totally segregated from that for clients.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


iii. Competent and honest service: The eligibility criteria for trading

members should be designed to encourage competent and qualified

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

personnel so that investors/clients are served well. This makes it

necessary to prescribe qualification for derivatives brokers/dealers and

the sales persons appointed by them in terms of a knowledge base.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


iv. Market integrity: The trading system should ensure that the market's

integrity is safeguarded by minimising the possibility of defaults. This

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



262
requires framing appropriate rules about capital adequacy, margins,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clearing corporation, etc.

a. Quality of markets: The concept of "Quality of Markets" goes well beyond

market integrity and aims at enhancing important market qualities, such as cost-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


efficiency, price-continuity, and price-discovery. This is a much broader

objective than market integrity.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

b. Innovation: While curbing any undesirable tendencies, the regulatory

framework should not stifle innovation which is the source of all economic

progress, more so because financial derivatives represent a new rapidly

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


developing area, aided by advancements in information technology.

1. Of course, the ultimate objective of regulation of financial markets has to be to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

promote more efficient functioning of markets on the "real" side of the

economy, i.e. economic efficiency.

2. Leaving aside those who use derivatives for hedging of risk to which they are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


exposed, the other participants in derivatives trading are attracted by the

speculative opportunities which such trading offers due to inherently high

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

leverage. For this reason, the risk involved for derivative traders and speculators

is high. This is indicated by some of the widely publicised mishaps in other

countries. Hence, the regulatory frame for derivative trading, in all its aspects,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


has to be much stricter than what exists for cash trading. The scope of

regulation should cover derivative exchanges, derivative traders, brokers and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

sales-persons, derivative contracts or products, derivative trading rules and

derivative clearing mechanism.

3. In the Committee's view, the regulatory responsibility for derivatives trading

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


will have to be shared between the exchange conducting derivatives trading on

the one hand and SEBI on the other. The committee envisages that this sharing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



263
of regulatory responsibility is so designed as to maximise regulatory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

effectiveness and to minimise regulatory costs.

Major issues concerning regulatory framework

4. The Committee's attention had been drawn to several important issues in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


connection with derivatives trading. The Committee has considered such issues,

some of which have a direct bearing on the design of the regulatory framework.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

They are listed below :

a. Should a derivatives exchange be organised as independent and separate from

an existing stock exchange?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


b. What exactly should be the division of regulatory responsibility, including both

framing and enforcing the regulations, between SEBI and the derivatives

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

exchange?

c. How should we ensure that the derivatives exchange will effectively fulfill its

regulatory responsibility?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


d. What criteria should SEBI adopt for granting permission for derivatives trading

to an exchange?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

e. What conditions should the clearing mechanism for derivatives trading satisfy in

view of high leverage involved?

f. What new regulations or changes in existing regulations will have to be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


introduced by SEBI for derivatives trading?

Should derivatives trading be conducted in a separate exchange?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. A major issue raised before the Committee for its decision was whether

regulations should mandate the creation of a separate exchange for derivatives

trading, or allow an existing stock exchange to conduct such trading. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Committee has examined various aspects of the problem. It has also reviewed

the position prevailing in other countries. Exchange-traded financial derivatives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



264
originated in USA and were subsequently introduced in many other countries.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Organisational and regulatory arrangements are not the same in all countries.

Interestingly, in U.S.A., for reasons of history and regulatory structure, a future

trading in financial instruments, including currency, bonds and equities, was

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


started in early 1970s, under the auspices of commodity futures markets rather

than under securities exchanges where the underlying bonds and equities were

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

being traded. This may have happened partly because currency futures, which

had nothing to do with securities markets, were the first to emerge among

financial derivatives in U.S.A. and partly because derivatives were not

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


"securities" under U.S. laws. Cash trading in securities and options on securities

were under the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) while futures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

trading were under the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (CFTC). In

other countries, the arrangements have varied.

2. The Committee examined the relative merits of allowing derivatives trading to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


be conducted by an existing stock exchange vis-a-vis a separate exchange for

derivatives. The arguments for each are summarised below.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Arguments for allowing existing stock exchanges to start futures trading:

a. The weightiest argument in this regard is the advantage of synergies arising

from the pooling of costs of expensive information technology networks and the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


sharing of expertise required for running a modern exchange. Setting-up a

separate derivatives exchange will involve high costs and require more time.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

b. The recent trend in other countries seems to be towards bringing futures and

cash trading under coordinated supervision. The lack of coordination was

recognised as an important problem in U.S.A. in the aftermath of the October

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1987 market crash. Exchange-level supervisory coordination between futures

and cash markets is greatly facilitated if both are parts of the same exchange.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



265
Arguments for setting-up separate futures exchange:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

a. The trading rules and entry requirements for futures trading would have to be

different from those for cash trading.

b. The possibility of collusion among traders for market manipulation seems to be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


greater if cash and futures trading are conducted in the same exchange.

c. A separate exchange will start with a clean slate and would not have to restrict

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the entry to the existing members only but the entry will be thrown open to all

potential eligible players.

Recommendation

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


From the purely regulatory angle, a separate exchange for futures trading seems to

be a neater arrangement. However, considering the constraints in infrastructure

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

facilities, the existing stock exchanges having cash trading may also be permitted

to trade derivatives provided they meet the minimum eligibility conditions as

indicated below:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. The trading should take place through an online screen-based trading system, which

also has a disaster recovery site. The per-half-hour capacity of the computers and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the network should be at least 4 to 5 times of the anticipated peak load in any half

hour, or of the actual peak load seen in any half-hour during the preceding six

months. This shall be reviewed from time to time on the basis of experience.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2. The clearing of the derivatives market should be done by an independent clearing

corporation, which satisfies the conditions listed in a later chapter of this report.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3. The exchange must have an online surveillance capability which monitors positions,

prices and volumes in realtime so as to deter market manipulation. Price and

position limits should be used for improving market quality.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




266
4. Information about trades, quantities, and quotes should be disseminated by the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


exchange in realtime over at least two information vending networks which are

accessible to investors in the country.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

5. The Exchange should have at least 50 members to start derivatives trading.

6. If derivatives trading are to take place at an existing cash market, it should be done

in a separate segment with a separate membership; i.e., all members of the existing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


cash market would not automatically become members of the derivatives market.

7. The derivatives market should have a separate governing council which shall not

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

have representation of trading/clearing members of the derivatives Exchange

beyond whatever percentage SEBI may prescribe after reviewing the working of the

present governance system of exchanges.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


8. The Chairman of the Governing Council of the Derivative Division/Exchange shall

be a member of the Governing Council. If the Chairman is a Broker/Dealer, then, he

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

shall not carry on any Broking or Dealing Business on any Exchange during his

tenure as Chairman.

9. The exchange should have arbitration and investor grievances redressal mechanism

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


operative from all the four areas/regions of the country.

10. The exchange should have an adequate inspection capability.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

11. No trading/clearing member should be allowed simultaneously to be on the

governing council of both the derivatives market and the cash market.

12. If already existing, the Exchange should have a satisfactory record of monitoring its

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


members, handling investor complaints and preventing irregularities in trading.

II.A. Derivatives Market Trading Turnover

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The number of instruments available in derivatives has been expanded. To begin

with, SEBI only approved trading in index futures contracts based on S&P CNX


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


267
Nifty Index and BSE-30 (Sensex) Index. This was followed by approval for trading

in options based on these two indices and options on individual securities and also

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


futures on interest rates derivative instruments (91-day Notional T-Bills and 10-year

Notional 6% coupon bearing as well as zero coupon bonds). Now, there are futures

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and options based on benchmark index S&P CNX Nifty and CNX IT Index as well

as options and futures on single stocks (51 stocks).

The total exchange traded derivatives witnessed a value of Rs. 21,422,690 million

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


during 2003-04 as against Rs. 4,423,333 million during the preceding year. While

NSE accounted for about 99.5% of total turnover, BSE accounted for less than 1% in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2003-04. NSE has created a niche for itself in terms of derivatives trading in the global

market.

A. Derivatives

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Single stock futures continue to dominate derivatives market with a percentage

share of about 55- 65 per cent during 2003-04. One important development is that

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

index futures started picking up during the year. Percentage of number of contracts

traded to the total number of derivatives contracts traded in the market has

increased steadily from about 14 per cent to 34 per cent (a growth of 150 per cent).

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Both index options and stock options recorded decline in terms of number of

contracts as well as percentage share. Single stock futures share slid in 2003-04

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

compared to the previous year. Futures contract appear to be predominant when

compared to option contracts. Single stock futures recorded continuous growth

month after month except for three months i.e. November 2003, February and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


March 2004. The growth rate also has been very high. Though the BSE has a very

small share of the total volume of derivatives segment, one important feature is that

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

index futures not only dominate but also account for almost over 60 per cent of the



268

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

volume traded. Yet, another specialty is that BSE recorded zero volume turnovers in

the index option segment. In many months even stock options remained dormant.

This is in sharp contrast with NSE trading in derivatives where single stock futures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


are the most dominant segment.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


269
Table-4: Derivatives Trading Turnover ? NSE


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





270

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





271

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Table-5: Derivatives Trading Turnover ? BSE

B. Volatility of Stock Markets
Trend of movements in stock prices/indices represent historical movements. An

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

analysis of such trend indicates the economic fundamentals of the scrip/index.

Augments are made based upon conclusions drawn from a set of variables derived

from the trend in the scrip/index. Such technical indicators afford a quick view on

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the next likely move by markets. Charts provide detailed information on the daily

volatility behaviour of various stock indices from different countries in different

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

regions, representing mature as well as emerging markets. Additionally, annualized

volatility has also been provided for each country. From the table and the charts, it

is evident that volatility, by and large, is lower in mature markets compared to that

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


in emerging markets. Amongst the developed markets, Germany has highest

volatility and he United States has the lowest volatility. Amongst the emerging

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

markets, Brazil has the highest volatility while Malaysia has the lowest volatility.

India has an annualized volatility of 22.7 per cent (NSE) and 21.4 per cent (BSE).

Table-6: Investment of FIIs:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Year

Gross

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Gross

Net

Net

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Cumulative



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Purchases

Sales

Investment Investment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Net

(Rs. Crore) Rs. Crore) (Rs. Crore)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

in US$

Investment


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Million)

US $ mn at


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


monthly

Exchange

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rate



1992-93

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17

4

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

13

4

4

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1993-94

5,593

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

466

5,126

1,634

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1,638

1994-95

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

7,631

2,835

4,796

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1,528

3,167

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1995-96

9,694

2,752

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


6,942

2,036

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

5,202



272

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1996-97

15,554

6,979

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8,574

2,432

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,634

1997-98

18,695

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


12,737

5,957

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1,650

9,284

1998-99

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


16,115

17,699

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

-1,584

-386

8,898

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1999-00

56,856

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

46,734

10,122

2,339

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


11,237

2000-01

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

74,051

64,116

9,934

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2,159

13,396

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2001-02

49,920

41,165

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


8,755

1,846

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

15,242

2002-03

47,061

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


44,373

2,689

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

562

15,805

2003-04

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1,44,858

99,094

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45,767

9,950

25,755

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Total

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4,46,045

3,38,954

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

1,07,089

25,755

25,755

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


III. Derivatives Markets Working and Trading in India

What are Derivatives?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The term "Derivative" indicates that it has no independent value, i.e. its

value is entirely "derived" from the value of the underlying asset. The

underlying asset can be securities, commodities, bullion, currency, live stock

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


or anything else. In other words, Derivative means a forward, future, option

or any other hybrid contract of pre determined fixed duration, linked for the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

purpose of contract fulfillment to the value of a specified real or financial

asset or to an index of securities.

With Securities Laws (Second Amendment) Act,1999, Derivatives has been

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


included in the definition of Securities. The term Derivative has been

defined in Securities Contracts (Regulations) Act, as:-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

A Derivative includes: -



273

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

a. a security derived from a debt instrument, share, loan, whether

secured or unsecured, risk instrument or contract for differences or

any other form of security;

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


b. a contract which derives its value from the prices, or index of prices,

of underlying securities;

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

What is a Futures Contract?

Futures Contract means a legally binding agreement to buy or sell the

underlying security on a future date. Future contracts are the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


organized/standardized contracts in terms of quantity, quality (in case of

commodities), delivery time and place for settlement on any date in future.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Presently, the following future products are available:

Sensex Future: It is a future contract with Sensex as the underlying.

Stock Future: It is a future contract on the stock with respective stock as the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


underlying.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

What is an Option contract?

Options Contract is a type of Derivatives Contract which gives the

buyer/holder of the contract the right (but not the obligation) to buy/sell the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


underlying asset at a predetermined price within or at end of a specified

period. Under Securities Contracts (Regulations) Act,1956 options on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

securities has been defined as "option in securities" means a contract for the

purchase or sale of a right to buy or sell, or a right to buy and sell, securities

in future, and includes a teji, a mandi, a teji mandi, a galli, a put, a call or a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


put and call in securities;



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

274
An Option to buy is called Call option and option to sell is called Put option.

Further, if an option that is exercisable on or before the expiry date is called

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

American option and one that is exercisable only on expiry date, is called

European option. The price at which the option is to be exercised is called

Strike price or Exercise price.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Therefore, in the case of American options the buyer has the right to

exercise the option at anytime on or before the expiry date. This request for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

exercise is submitted to the Exchange, which randomly assigns the exercise

request to the sellers of the options, who are obligated to settle the terms of

the contract within a specified time frame.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Presently, the following Option products are available:

Sensex Option: It is an Option contract with Sensex as the underlying.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Stock Option : It is an Option contract on the stock with respective stock as

the underlying.

In- the- money options (ITM) - An in-the-money option is an option that would

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


lead to positive cash flow to the holder if it were exercised immediately. A Call

option is said to be in-the-money when the current price stands at a level higher

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

than the strike price. If the Spot price is much higher than the strike price, a Call is

said to be deep in-the-money option. In the case of a Put, the put is in-the-money if

the Spot price is below the strike price.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


At-the-money-option (ATM) - An at-the money option is an option that would

lead to zero cash flow if it were exercised immediately. An option on the index is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

said to be "at-the-money" when the current price equals the strike price.

Out-of-the-money-option (OTM) - An out-of- the-money Option is an option that

would lead to negative cash flow if it were exercised immediately. A Call option is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




275
out-of-the-money when the current price stands at a level which is less than the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


strike price. If the current price is much lower than the strike price the call is said to

be deep out-of-the money. In case of a Put, the Put is said to be out-of-money if

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

current price is above the strike price.

The factors that affect the price of an option:

There are five fundamental factors that affect the price of an option. These are:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Price of the underlying stock or index

2. Strike price/exercise price of the option

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Time to expiration of the option

4. Risk-free rate of interest

5. Volatility of the price of underlying stock or index

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Adjust the price for dividend expected during the term of the option to arrive at

fine prices.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Benefits of trading in Futures and Options.

1) Able to transfer the risk to the person who is willing to accept them

2) Incentive to make profits with minimal amount of risk capital

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3) Lower transaction costs

4) Provides liquidity, enables price discovery in underlying market

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

5) Derivatives market is lead economic indicators.

6) Arbitrage between underlying and derivative market.

7) Eliminate security specific risk.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Index Futures and Index Option Contracts

Futures contract based on an index i.e. the underlying asset is the index, are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

known as Index Futures Contracts. For example, futures contract on NIFTY

Index and BSE-30 Index. These contracts derive their value from the value of

the underlying index.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




276
Similarly, the options contracts, which are based on some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


index, are known as Index options contract. However, unlike

Index Futures, the buyer of Index Option Contracts has only the
right but not the obligation to buy / sell the underlying index on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

expiry. Index Option Contracts are generally European Style
options i.e. they can be exercised / assigned only on the expiry

date.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

An index, in turn derives its value from the prices of

securities that constitute the index and is created to represent
the sentiments of the market as a whole or of a particular sector
of the economy. Indices that represent the whole market are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


broad based indices and those that represent a particular sector
are sectoral indices.
In the beginning futures and options were permitted only on S&P Nifty and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

BSE Sensex. Subsequently, sectoral indices were also permitted for derivatives

trading subject to fulfilling the eligibility criteria. Derivative contracts may be

permitted on an index if 80% of the index constituents are individually eligible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


for derivatives trading. However, no single ineligible stock in the index shall

have a weightage of more than 5% in the index. The index is required to fulfill

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the eligibility criteria even after derivatives trading on the index have begun. If

the index does not fulfill the criteria for 3 consecutive months, then derivative

contracts on such index would be discontinued.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


By its very nature, index cannot be delivered on maturity of the Index futures or

Index option contracts therefore, these contracts are essentially cash settled on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Expiry.



Benefits of trading in Index Futures compared to any other security :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




277
An investor can trade the 'entire stock market' by buying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


index futures

instead of buying individual securities with the efficiency of a mutual fund.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The advantages of trading in Index Futures are:

- The contracts are highly liquid

- Index Futures provide higher leverage than any other stocks

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- It requires low initial capital requirement

- It has lower risk than buying and holding stocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

- It is just as easy to trade the short side as the long side

- Only have to study one index instead of 100's of stocks

- Settled in cash and therefore all problems related to bad delivery,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


forged, fake certificates, etc can be avoided.

Structure of Derivative Markets in India

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Derivative trading in India takes can place either on a separate and independent

Derivative Exchange or on a separate segment of an existing Stock Exchange.

Derivative Exchange/Segment function as a Self-Regulatory Organisation (SRO)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


and SEBI acts as the oversight regulator. The clearing & settlement of all trades

on the Derivative Exchange/Segment would have to be through a Clearing

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Corporation/House, which is independent in governance and membership from the

Derivative Exchange/Segment.

Working of Derivatives markets in India

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Dr. L.C Gupta Committee constituted by SEBI had laid down the regulatory

framework for derivative trading in India. SEBI has also framed suggestive bye-law

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

for Derivative Exchanges/Segments and their Clearing Corporation/House which

lay's down the provisions for trading and settlement of derivative contracts. The


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


278
Rules, Bye-laws & Regulations of the Derivative Segment of the Exchanges and

their Clearing Corporation/House have to be framed in line with the suggestive

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Bye-laws. SEBI has also laid the eligibility conditions for Derivative

Exchange/Segment and its Clearing Corporation/House. The eligibility conditions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

have been framed to ensure that Derivative Exchange/Segment & Clearing

Corporation/House provide a transparent trading environment, safety & integrity

and provide facilities for redressal of investor grievances. Some of the important

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


eligibility conditions are-

Derivative trading to take place through an on-line screen based Trading

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

System.

The Derivatives Exchange/Segment shall have on-line surveillance

capability to monitor positions, prices, and volumes on a real time basis so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


as to deter market manipulation.

The Derivatives Exchange/ Segment should have arrangements for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

dissemination of information about trades, quantities and quotes on a real

time basis through atleast two information vending networks, which are

easily accessible to investors across the country.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The Derivatives Exchange/Segment should have arbitration and investor

grievances redressal mechanism operative from all the four areas / regions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the country.

The Derivatives Exchange/Segment should have satisfactory system of

monitoring investor complaints and preventing irregularities in trading.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The Derivative Segment of the Exchange would have a separate Investor

Protection Fund.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The Clearing Corporation/House shall perform full novation, i.e., the

Clearing Corporation/House shall interpose itself between both legs of every


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


279
trade, becoming the legal counterparty to both or alternatively should

provide an unconditional guarantee for settlement of all trades.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The Clearing Corporation/House shall have the capacity to monitor the

overall position of Members across both derivatives market and the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

underlying securities market for those Members who are participating in

both.

The level of initial margin on Index Futures Contracts shall be related to the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


risk of loss on the position. The concept of value-at-risk shall be used in

calculating required level of initial margins. The initial margins should be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

large enough to cover the one-day loss that can be encountered on the

position on 99% of the days.

The Clearing Corporation/House shall establish facilities for electronic

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


funds transfer (EFT) for swift movement of margin payments.

In the event of a Member defaulting in meeting its liabilities, the Clearing

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Corporation/House shall transfer client positions and assets to another

solvent Member or close-out all open positions.

The Clearing Corporation/House should have capabilities to segregate initial

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


margins deposited by Clearing Members for trades on their own account and

on account of his client. The Clearing Corporation/House shall hold the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

clients` margin money in trust for the client purposes only and should not

allow its diversion for any other purpose.

The Clearing Corporation/House shall have a separate Trade Guarantee

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Fund for the trades executed on Derivative Exchange / Segment.

Presently, SEBI has permitted Derivative Trading on the Derivative Segment of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

BSE and the F&O Segment of NSE.

Membership categories in the Derivatives Market


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


280
The various types of membership in the derivatives market are as follows:

1. Professional Clearing Member (PCM):

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PCM means a Clearing Member, who is permitted to clear and

settle trades on his own account, on account of his clients and/or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

on account of trading members and their clients.

2. Custodian Clearing Member (CCM):

CCM means Custodian registered as Clearing Member, who may clear and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


settle trades on his own account, on account of his clients and/or on account

of trading members and their clients.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Trading Cum Clearing Member (TCM):

A TCM means a Trading Member who is also a Clearing Member and can

clear and settle trades on his own account, on account of his clients and on

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


account of associated Trading Members and their clients.

4. Self Clearing Member (SCM):

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

A SCM means a Trading Member who is also Clearing Member and can

clear and settle trades on his own account and on account of his clients.

5. Trading Member (TM):

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


A TM is a member of the Exchange who has only trading rights and whose

trades are cleared and settled by the Clearing Member with whom he is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

associated.

6. Limited Trading Member (LTM):

A LTM is a member, who is not the members of the Cash Segment of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Exchange, and would like to be a Trading Member in the Derivatives

Segment at BSE. An LTM has only the trading rights and his trades are

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cleared and settled by the Clearing Member with whom he is associated.



281

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

As on January 31, 2002, there are 1 Professional Clearing Member, 3 Custodian

Clearing Members, 75 trading cum Clearing Members, 93 Trading Members and 17

Limited Trading Members in the Derivative Segment of the Exchange.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Financial Requirement for Derivatives Membership:

The most basic means of controlling counterparty credit and liquidity risks is to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

deal only with creditworthy counterparties. The Exchange seeks to ensure that

their members are creditworthy by laying down a set of financial requirements for

membership. The members are required to meet, both initially and on an ongoing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


basis, minimum networth requirement. Unlike Cash Segment membership where

all the trading members are also the clearing members, in the Derivatives Segment

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the trading and clearing rights are segregated. In other words, a member may opt

to have both clearing and trading rights or he may opt for trading rights only in

which case his trades are cleared and settled by the Clearing Member with whom

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


he is associated. Accordingly, the networth requirement is based on the type of

membership and is as under:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Table-7: Networth requirement is based on the type of membership:

Type of Membership

Networth

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Requirement

Professional Clearing Member, Custodian Clearing Member

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

300 lakhs

and Trading cum Clearing Member

Self Clearing Member

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


100 lakhs

Trading Member

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

25 lakhs

Limited Trading Member

25 lakhs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Limited Trading Member ( for members of other stock

10 lakhs

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



282
exchange whose Clearing Member is a subsidiary company

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of a Regional Stock Exchange)



Requirements to be a member of the derivatives exchange/ clearing

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


corporation

Balance Sheet Networth Requirements: SEBI has prescribed a networth

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

requirement of Rs. 3 crores for clearing members. The clearing members are

required to furnish an auditor's certificate for the networth every 6 months to the

exchange. The networth requirement is Rs. 1 crore for a self-clearing member.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


SEBI has not specified any networth requirement for a trading member.

Liquid Networth Requirements: Every clearing member (both clearing members

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and self-clearing members) has to maintain atleast Rs. 50 lakhs as Liquid

Networth with the exchange / clearing corporation.

Certification requirements: The Members are required to pass the certification

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


programme approved by SEBI. Further, every trading member is required to

appoint atleast two approved users who have passed the certification

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

programme. Only the approved users are permitted to operate the derivatives

trading terminal.

Requirements for a Member with regard to the conduct of his business

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The derivatives member is required to adhere to the code of conduct specified

under the SEBI Broker Sub-Broker regulations. The following conditions

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

stipulations have been laid by SEBI on the regulation of sales practices:

Sales Personnel: The derivatives exchange recognizes the persons recommended

by the Trading Member and only such persons are authorized to act as sales

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




283
personnel of the TM. These persons who represent the TM are known as

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Authorised Persons.

Know-your-client: The member is required to get the Know-your-client form

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

filled by every one of client.

Risk disclosure document: The derivatives member must educate his client on

the risks of derivatives by providing a copy of the Risk disclosure document to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the client.

Member-client agreement: The Member is also required to enter into the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Member-client agreement with all his clients.

Derivative contracts that are permitted by SEBI

Derivative products have been introduced in a phased manner

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


starting with Index Futures Contracts in June 2000. Index Options

and Stock Options were introduced in June 2001 and July 2001
followed by Stock Futures in November 2001. Sectoral indices were

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

permitted for derivatives trading in December 2002. Interest Rate

Futures on a notional bond and T-bill priced off ZCYC have been
introduced in June 2003 and exchange traded interest rate futures
on a notional bond priced off a basket of Government Securities

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


were permitted for trading in January 2004.
Eligibility criteria for stocks on which derivatives trading may be permitted

A stock on which stock option and single stock future contracts are proposed to be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


introduced is required to fulfill the following broad eligibility criteria:-

The stock shall be chosen from amongst the top 500 stock in terms of average

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

daily market capitalisation and average daily traded value in the previous six

month on a rolling basis.

The stock`s median quarter-sigma order size over the last six months shall be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


not less than Rs.1 Lakh. A stock`s quarter-sigma order size is the mean order



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

284
size (in value terms) required to cause a change in the stock price equal to one-

quarter of a standard deviation.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The market wide position limit in the stock shall not be less than Rs.50 crores.

A stock can be included for derivatives trading as soon as it becomes eligible.

However, if the stock does not fulfill the eligibility criteria for 3 consecutive

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


months after being admitted to derivatives trading, then derivative contracts on

such a stock would be discontinued.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Minimum contract size

The Standing Committee on Finance, a Parliamentary Committee, at the time of

recommending amendment to Securities Contract (Regulation) Act, 1956 had

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


recommended that the minimum contract size of derivative contracts traded in the

Indian Markets should be pegged not below Rs. 2 Lakhs. Based on this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

recommendation SEBI has specified that the value of a derivative contract should

not be less than Rs. 2 Lakh at the time of introducing the contract in the market. In

February 2004, the Exchanges were advised to re-align the contracts sizes of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


existing derivative contracts to Rs. 2 Lakhs. Subsequently, the Exchanges were

authorized to align the contracts sizes as and when required in line with the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

methodology prescribed by SEBI.

Lot size of a contract

Lot size refers to number of underlying securities in one contract. The lot size is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


determined keeping in mind the minimum contract size requirement at the time of

introduction of derivative contracts on a particular underlying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

For example, if shares of XYZ Ltd are quoted at Rs.1000 each and the minimum

contract size is Rs.2 lacs, then the lot size for that particular scrips stands to be

200000/1000 = 200 shares i.e. one contract in XYZ Ltd. covers 200 shares.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


What is corporate adjustment?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

285
The basis for any adjustment for corporate action is such that the value of the

position of the market participant on cum and ex-date for corporate action

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

continues to remain the same as far as possible. This will facilitate in retaining the

relative status of positions viz. in-the-money, at-the-money and out-of-the-money.

Any adjustment for corporate actions is carried out on the last day on which a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


security is traded on a cum basis in the underlying cash market. Adjustments mean

modifications to positions and/or contract specifications as listed below:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

a. Strike price

b. Position

c. Market/Lot/ Multiplier

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The adjustments are carried out on any or all of the above based on the nature of

the corporate action. The adjustments for corporate action are carried out on all

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

open, exercised as well as assigned positions.

The corporate actions are broadly classified under stock benefits and cash benefits.

The various stock benefits declared by the issuer of capital are:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Bonus
Rights
Merger/ demerger
Amalgamation

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Splits
Consolidations
Hive-off
Warrants, and
Secured Premium Notes (SPNs) among others

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The cash benefit declared by the issuer of capital is cash dividend.

Margining system in the derivative markets:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


286
Two type of margins have been specified -

Initial Margin - Based on 99% VaR (Value at Risk ) and worst case loss over a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


specified horizon, which depends on the time in which Mark to Market margin

is collected.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Mark to Market Margin (MTM) - collected in cash for all Futures contracts

and adjusted against the available Liquid Networth for option positions. In the

case of Futures Contracts MTM may be considered as Mark to Market

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Settlement.

Dr. L.C Gupta Committee had recommended that the level of initial margin

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

required on a position should be related to the risk of loss on the position. The

concept of value-at-risk should be used in calculating required level of initial

margins. The initial margins should be large enough to cover the one day loss

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


that can be encountered on the position on 99% of the days. The

recommendations of the Dr. L.C Gupta Committee have been a guiding

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

principle for SEBI in prescribing the margin computation & collection

methodology to the Exchanges. With the introduction of various derivative

products in the Indian securities Markets, the margin computation methodology,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


especially for initial margin, has been modified to address the specific risk

characteristics of the product. The margining methodology specified is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

consistent with the margining system used in developed financial & commodity

derivative markets worldwide. The exchanges were given the freedom to either

develop their own margin computation system or adapt the systems available

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


internationally to the requirements of SEBI.

A portfolio based margining approach which takes an integrated view of the risk

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

involved in the portfolio of each individual client comprising of his positions in

all Derivative Contracts i.e. Index Futures, Index Option, Stock Options and


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


287
Single Stock Futures, has been prescribed. The initial margin requirements are

required to be based on the worst case loss of a portfolio of an individual client

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


to cover 99% VaR over a specified time horizon.

The Initial Margin is Higher of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(Worst Scenario Loss +Calendar Spread Charges)

Or

Short Option Minimum Charge

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The worst scenario loss are required to be computed for a portfolio of a client and is

calculated by valuing the portfolio under 16 scenarios of probable changes in the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

value and the volatility of the Index/ Individual Stocks. The options and futures

positions in a client`s portfolio are required to be valued by predicting the price and

the volatility of the underlying over a specified horizon so that 99% of times the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


price and volatility so predicted does not exceed the maximum and minimum price

or volatility scenario. In this manner initial margin of 99% VaR is achieved. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

specified horizon is dependent on the time of collection of mark to market margin

by the exchange.

The probable change in the price of the underlying over the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


specified horizon i.e. `price scan range', in the case of Index futures
and Index option contracts are based on three standard deviation
(3 ) where ` ' is the volatility estimate of the Index. The volatility

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

estimate ` ', is computed as per the Exponentially Weighted Moving
Average methodology. This methodology has been prescribed by
SEBI. In case of option and futures on individual stocks the price

scan range is based on three and a half standard deviation (3.5 )

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

where `' is the daily volatility estimate of individual stock.
If the mean value (taking order book snapshots for past six months) of the impact

cost, for an order size of Rs. 0.5 million, exceeds 1%, the price scan range would

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

be scaled up by square root three times to cover the close out risk. This means that



288

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

stocks with impact cost greater than 1% would now have a price scan range of -

Sqrt (3) * 3.5 or approx. 6.06. For stocks with impact cost of 1% or less, the

price scan range would remain at 3.5.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


For Index Futures and Stock futures it is specified that a minimum margin of 5%

and 7.5% would be charged. This means if for stock futures the 3.5 value falls

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

below 7.5% then a minimum of 7.5% should be charged. This could be achieved

by adjusting the price scan range.

The probable change in the volatility of the underlying i.e. volatility scan range`

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


is fixed at 4% for Index options and is fixed at 10% for options on Individual

stocks. The volatility scan range is applicable only for option products.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calendar spreads are offsetting positions in two contracts in the same underlying

across different expiry. In a portfolio based margining approach all calendar-

spread positions automatically get a margin offset. However, risk arising due to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


difference in cost of carry or the basis risk` needs to be addressed. It is therefore

specified that a calendar spread charge would be added to the worst scenario loss

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

for arriving at the initial margin. For computing calendar spread charge, the

system first identifies spread positions and then the spread charge which is 0.5%

per month on the far leg of the spread with a minimum of 1% and maximum of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3%. Further, in the last three days of the expiry of the near leg of spread, both the

legs of the calendar spread would be treated as separate individual positions.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

In a portfolio of futures and options, the non-linear nature of options make short

option positions most risky. Especially, short deep out of the money options,

which are highly susceptible to, changes in prices of the underlying. Therefore a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


short option minimum charge has been specified. The short option minimum

charge is 3% and 7.5 % of the notional value of all short Index option and stock

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

option contracts respectively. The short option minimum charge is the initial



289

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

margin if the sum of the worst ?scenario loss and calendar spread charge is lower

than the short option minimum charge.

To calculate volatility estimates the exchange are required to uses the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


methodology specified in the Prof J.R Varma Committee Report on Risk

Containment Measures for Index Futures. Further, to calculate the option value the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

exchanges can use standard option pricing models - Black-Scholes, Binomial,

Merton, Adesi-Whaley.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The initial margin is required to be computed on a real time basis and has two

components:-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The first is creation of risk arrays taking prices at discreet times taking latest

prices and volatility estimates at the discreet times, which have been specified.

The second is the application of the risk arrays on the actual portfolio positions

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


to compute the portfolio values and the initial margin on a real time basis.

The initial margin so computed is deducted from the available Liquid Networth on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

a real time basis.



CONDITIONS FOR LIQUID NETWORTH

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Liquid net worth means the total liquid assets deposited with the clearing house

towards initial margin and capital adequacy; LESS initial margin applicable to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

total gross open position at any given point of time of all trades cleared through

the clearing member.

The following conditions are specified for liquid net worth:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Liquid net worth of the clearing member should not be less than Rs 50 lacs at

any point of time.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



290
Mark to market value of gross open positions at any point of time of all trades

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

cleared through the clearing member should not exceed the specified exposure

limit for each product.

Liquid Assets

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


At least 50% of the liquid assets should be in the form of cash equivalents viz.

cash, fixed deposits, bank guarantees, T bills, units of money market mutual

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

funds, units of gilt funds and dated government securities. Liquid assets will

include cash, fixed deposits, bank guarantees, T bills, units of mutual funds, dated

government securities or Group I equity securities which are to be pledged in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


favor of the exchange.

Collateral Management

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Collateral Management consists of managing, maintaining and valuing the

collateral in the form of cash, cash equivalents and securities deposited with the

exchange. The following stipulations have been laid down to the clearing

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


corporation on the valuation and management of collateral:

At least weekly marking to market is required to be carried out on all securities.
Debt securities of only investment grade can be accepted.10% haircut with

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


weekly mark to market will be applied on debt securities.

Total exposure of clearing corporation to the debt or equity of any company not

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

to exceed 75% of the Trade Guarantee Fund or 15% of its total liquid assets

whichever is lower.

Units of money market mutual funds and gilt funds shall be valued on the basis

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of its Net Asset Value after applying a hair cut of 10% on the NAV and any exit

load charged by the mutual fund.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



291
Units of all other mutual funds shall be valued on the basis of its NAV after

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

applying a hair cut equivalent to the VAR of the units NAV and any exit load

charged by the mutual fund.

Equity securities to be in demat form. Only Group I securities would be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


accepted. The securities are required to be valued / marked to market on a daily

basis after applying a haircut equivalent to the respective VAR of the equity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

security.

Mark to Market Margin

Options ? The value of the option are calculated as the theoretical value of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


option times the number of option contracts (positive for long options and negative

for short options). This Net Option Value is added to the Liquid Networth of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Clearing member. Thus MTM gains and losses on options are adjusted against the

available liquid networth. The net option value is computed using the closing price

of the option and are applied the next day.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Futures ? The system computes the closing price of each series, which is used for

computing mark to market settlement for cumulative net position. If this margin is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

collected on T+1 in cash, then the exchange charges a higher initial margin by

multiplying the price scan range of 3 & 3.5 with square root of 2, so that the

initial margin is adequate to cover 99% VaR over a two days horizon. Otherwise if

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the Member arranges to pay the Mark to Market margins by the end of T day itself,

then the initial margins would not be scaled up. Therefore, the Member has the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

option to pay the MTM margins either at the end of T day or on T+1 day.

Table-8: Summary of parameters specified for Initial Margin
Computation

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Index

Index Stock

Stock Futures

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Interest Rate Price Scan



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

292
Option Futur Optio

Futures

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Range

s

es

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


ns

3

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

3

3.5

For order size of 3.5 sigma For

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


sigma

sigma sigma Rs.5 Lakh, if mean order size of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

value of impact Rs.5 Lakh, if
cost > 1%, the mean value of
Price Scan Range impact cost >
be scaled up by 1%, the Price
3(in addition to Scan Range be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

look ahead days)

scaled up by
3(in addition
to look ahead

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

days) For long
bond futures,
3.5 sigma and
for notional T-
Bill

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


futures,

3.5 sigma.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Volatil 4%



10%

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

ity
Scan
Range
Minim

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

5%



7.5%

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


For

long

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

um

bond futures,

margi

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


mini

mum

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

n

margin

is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


requir

2%.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

For

ement

notional T-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Bill futures
minimum
margin

is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


0.2%.

Short

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3%



7.5%

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

option
minim
um
charge
Calen

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


0.5% per month on the far month contract (min of 1% and max 3%)



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

293
dar
Sprea
d
Mark

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Net Option Value (positive for long positions and negative for short

to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

positions) to be adjusted from the liquid networth on a real time basis.

Marke The daily closing price of Futures Contract for Mark to Market
t

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

settlement would be calculated on the basis of the last half an hour
weighted average price of the contract.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

MARGIN COLLECTION

Initial Margin - is adjusted from the available Liquid Networth of the Clearing

Member on an online real time basis.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Marked to Market Margins-

Futures contracts: The open positions (gross against clients and net of proprietary /

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

self trading) in the futures contracts for each member are marked to market to the

daily settlement price of the Futures contracts at the end of each trading day. The

daily settlement price at the end of each day is the weighted average price of the last

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


half an hour of the futures contract. The profits / losses arising from the difference

between the trading price and the settlement price are collected / given to all the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

clearing members.

Option Contracts: The marked to market for Option contracts is computed and

collected as part of the SPAN Margin in the form of Net Option Value. The SPAN

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Margin is collected on an online real time basis based on the data feeds given to the

system at discrete time intervals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Client Margins

Clearing Members and Trading Members are required to collect initial margins

from all their clients. The collection of margins at client level in the derivative

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


markets is essential as derivatives are leveraged products and non-collection of


294

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

margins at the client level would provide zero cost leverage. In the derivative

markets all money paid by the client towards margins is kept in trust with the

Clearing House / Clearing Corporation and in the event of default of the Trading

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


or Clearing Member the amounts paid by the client towards margins are

segregated and not utilised towards the dues of the defaulting member.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Therefore, Clearing members are required to report on a daily basis details in

respect of such margin amounts due and collected from their Trading members /

clients clearing and settling through them. Trading members are also required to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


report on a daily basis details of the amount due and collected from their clients.

The reporting of the collection of the margins by the clients is done electronically

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

through the system at the end of each trading day. The reporting of collection of

client level margins plays a crucial role not only in ensuring that members collect

margin from clients but it also provides the clearing corporation with a record of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the quantum of funds it has to keep in trust for the clients.

Exposure limits in Derivative Products

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

It has been prescribed that the notional value of gross open positions at any point

in time in the case of Index Futures and all Short Index Option Contracts shall not

exceed 33 1/3 (thirty three one by three) times the available liquid networth of a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


member, and in the case of Stock Option and Stock Futures Contracts, the

exposure limit shall be higher of 5% or 1.5 sigma of the notional value of gross

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

open position.

In the case of interest rate futures, the following exposure limit is specified:

The notional value of gross open positions at any point in time in futures

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


contracts on the notional 10 year bond should not exceed 100 times the

available liquid networth of a member.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



295
The notional value of gross open positions at any point in time in futures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contracts on the notional T-Bill should not exceed 1000 times the available

liquid networth of a member.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Position limits in Derivative Products

The position limits specified are as under-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

1) Client / Customer level position limits:

For index based products there is a disclosure requirement for clients whose

position exceeds 15% of the open interest of the market in index products.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


For stock specific products the gross open position across all derivative

contracts on a particular underlying of a customer/client should not exceed the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

higher of ?

1% of the free float market capitalisation (in terms of number of shares).

Or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


5% of the open interest in the derivative contracts on a particular

underlying stock (in terms of number of contracts).

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

This position limits are applicable on the combine position in all derivative

contracts on an underlying stock at an exchange. The exchanges are required to

achieve client level position monitoring in stages.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The client level position limit for interest rate futures contracts is specified at

Rs.100 crore or 15% of the open interest, whichever is higher.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2) Trading Member Level Position Limits:

For Index options the Trading Member position limits are Rs. 250 cr or 15% of the

total open interest in Index Options whichever is higher and for Index futures the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Trading Member position limits are Rs. 250 cr or 15% of the total open interest in

Index Futures whichever is higher.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


296
For stocks specific products, the trading member position limit is 20% of the

market wide limit subject to a ceiling of Rs. 50 crore. In Interest rate futures the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Trading member position limit is Rs. 500 Cr or 15% of open interest whichever is

higher.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

It is also specified that once a member reaches the position limit in a particular

underlying then the member shall be permitted to take only offsetting positions

(which result in lowering the open position of the member) in derivative contracts

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


on that underlying. In the event that the position limit is breached due to the

reduction in the overall open interest in the market, the member are required to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

take only offsetting positions (which result in lowering the open position of the

member) in derivative contract in that underlying and fresh positions shall not be

permitted. The position limit at trading member level is required to be computed

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


on a gross basis across all clients of the Trading member.

3) Market wide limits:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

There are no market wide limits for index products. For stock specific products the

market wide limit of open positions (in terms of the number of underlying stock)

on an option and futures contract on a particular underlying stock would be lower

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of ?

30 times the average number of shares traded daily, during the previous

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calendar month, in the cash segment of the Exchange,

Or

20% of the number of shares held by non-promoters i.e. 20% of the free float, in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


terms of number of shares of a company.

Table-9: Summary of Position Limits

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Index

Index

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Stock

Stock

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Interest



297

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Options

Futures

Options

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Futures

Rate
Futures

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Client Disclosure

Disclosure 1% of free 1% of free Rs.100 crore

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

level

requirement

requireme

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


float or 5% float or 5% or 15% of

for any person nt for any of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

open of

open the

open

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


or

persons person or interest

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

interest

interest,

acting

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


in persons

whichever is whichever is whichever is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

concert

acting in higher

higher

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


higher.

holding 15% concert
or more of the holding

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

open interest 15%

or

of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


all more

of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

derivative

the open

contracts on a interest of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

particular

all

underlying

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


derivative

index

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts
on

a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

particular
underlying
index

Tradi

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


15% of the 15% of the 20%

of 20%

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

of Rs. 500 Cr

ng

total

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Open total Open Market Wide Market Wide or 15% of

Mem

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Interest of the Interest of Limit subject Limit subject open interest

ber

market or Rs. the market to a ceiling to a ceiling whichever is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


level

250

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

crores, or Rs. 250 of Rs.50 cr.

of Rs.50 cr.

higher.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


whichever is crores,
higher

whichever

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is higher


Mark

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





30 times the 30 times the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


et

average

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

average

wide

number

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of number

of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

shares traded shares traded
daily, during daily, during
the previous the previous
calendar

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

calendar

month, in the month, in the
relevant

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

relevant



298

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

underlying

underlying

security

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


in security

in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the

the

underlying

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


underlying

segment or, segment or,
- 20% of the - 20% of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

number

of number

of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


shares held shares held
by

non- by

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


non-

promoters in promoters in
the relevant the relevant

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

underlying

underlying

security,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


security,

whichever is whichever is
lower

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


lower



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Requirements for a FII and its sub-account to invest in derivatives

A SEBI registered FIIs and its sub-account are required to pay initial margins,

exposure margins and mark to market settlements in the derivatives market as

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


required by any other investor. Further, the FII and its sub-account are also

subject to position limits for trading in derivative contracts. The FII and sub-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

account position limits for the various derivative products are as under:




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



299


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Table- 10: Requirement for FII



Index

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Index

Stock

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Single stock Interest

Options

Futures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Options

Futures

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

rate
futures

Rs. 250 crores Rs.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

250 20% of 20%

of Rs.

USD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


or 15% of the crores

or Market

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Market Wide 100

OI in Index 15% of the Wide

Limit subject million.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


options,

OI in Index Limit

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

to a ceiling of In addition

whichever is futures,

subject to Rs. 50 crores. to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the

higher.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

whichever is a ceiling

above, the

In

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


addition, higher.

of Rs. 50

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

FII

may

hedge

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


In addition, crores.

take

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

positions are hedge

exposure in

permitted.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


positions are

exchange

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

FII

permitted.

traded

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


in

Level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

interest rate
derivative
contracts to
the extent
of the book

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

value

of

their cash

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

market
exposure in
Governmen
t Securities.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Disclosure

Disclosure

1%

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of 1% of free Rs. 100 Cr

requirement

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

requirement free float float market or 15% of

for any person for

any market

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


capitalization total open

or persons

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

person

or capitaliza or 5% of interest in

Sub-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


acting in

persons

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tion

or open interest the market

accoun concert

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


acting

in 5%

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of on

a in exchange

t level holding 15%

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


concert

open

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

particular

traded

or more of the holding 15% interest

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


underlying

interest rate

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

open interest

or more of on

a whichever is derivative

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


of all

the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

open particular higher

contracts,

derivative

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


interest

of underlyin

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

whichever



300

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts on a all

g

is higher.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


particular

derivative

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

whicheve

underlying

contracts on r

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


is

index

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

a particular higher
underlying
index

Requirements for a NRI to invest in derivatives

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


NRIs are permitted in invest in exchange traded derivative

contracts subject to the margin and other requirements which

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

are in place for other investors. In addition, a NRI is subject to
the following position limits:

Table-11: NRI position limits:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Index

Index

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Stock

Single stock Interest

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Options

Futures

Options Futures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


rate
futures

Disclosure Disclosure

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1%

of 1% of free Rs. 100 Cr

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

requireme

requirement free float float market or 15% of

nt for any for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


any market

capitalizatio

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

total open

person or person

or capitaliz

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


n or 5% of interest in

persons

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

persons

ation or open interest the market

acting in acting

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


in 5%

of on

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

a in

concert

concert

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


open

particular

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

exchange

holding

holding

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


interest

underlying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traded

15%

or 15%

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


or on

a whichever is interest

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

NRI level more

of more of the particula higher

rate

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the open open

r

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

derivative

interest of interest of underlyi

contracts,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


all

all

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ng

whichever

derivative derivative

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


whichev

is higher.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts

contracts on er

is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


on

a a particular higher

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

particular

underlying

underlying index

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

index



Measures that have been specified by SEBI to protect the rights of investor in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Derivatives Market



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

301
The measures specified by SEBI include:

Investor's money has to be kept separate at all levels and is permitted to be used

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

only against the liability of the Investor and is not available to the trading

member or clearing member or even any other investor.

The Trading Member is required to provide every investor with a risk disclosure

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


document which will disclose the risks associated with the derivatives trading so

that investors can take a conscious decision to trade in derivatives.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Investor would get the contract note duly time stamped for receipt of the order

and execution of the order. The order will be executed with the identity of the

client and without client ID order will not be accepted by the system. The

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


investor could also demand the trade confirmation slip with his ID in support of

the contract note. This will protect him from the risk of price favour, if any,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extended by the Member.

In the derivative markets all money paid by the Investor towards margins on all

open positions is kept in trust with the Clearing House/Clearing Corporation and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


in the event of default of the Trading or Clearing Member the amounts paid by

the client towards margins are segregated and not utilised towards the default of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the member. However, in the event of a default of a member, losses suffered by

the Investor, if any, on settled / closed out position are compensated from the

Investor Protection Fund, as per the rules, bye-laws and regulations of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


derivative segment of the exchanges.

The Exchanges are required to set up arbitration and investor grievances

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

redressal mechanism operative from all the four areas / regions of the country.

Table ? 12:Types of F&O contracts at NSE :


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




302

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Index Futures

Stock Futures

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Index Options

Stock Options


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Underlying

S&P CNX

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Futures

S&P CNX

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Options

Instrument

NIFTY#

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


contracts are

NIFTY

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts are




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


available on

(European) CE available on the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

118 securities

- Call, PE - Put same 118

which are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




securities on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

traded in the

which

Capital Market

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Futures

segment of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts are

Exchange.

available.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




(American) CA
- Call , PA -

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Put.


Trading

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

maximum of 3-month trading cycle: the near month (one), the next

cycle

month (two) and the far month (three).

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expiry day

last Thursday of the expiry month or on the previous trading day if the


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


last Thursday is a trading holiday.


Strike Price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


NA

NA

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

a minimum of



Intervals

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

five strike



prices for every

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

option type (i.e.
call & put)
during the
trading
month.At any

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ime,
there are two
contracts in-
the-money
(ITM), two

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts out-
fthe-



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

303
money (OTM)
and
one contract at-
the money

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(ATM).The
strike price
interval is 10.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Contract

lot size of Nifty multiples

of lot size of Nifty multiples

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of

size

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

futures

100

and options

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


100

and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



contracts is 200 fractions if any, contracts is 200 fractions if any,
and multiples

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

shall be

and

shall be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


thereof

rounded off to multiples

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

rounded off to



the next higher thereof

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the next higher

multiple of 100.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

multiple of 100.

The permitted

The value of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


lot size for the

the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

option

futures

contracts

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


on

contracts on

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

individual

individual

securities may

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


ecurities shall

not be less than

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

be the same for

Rs. 2 lakhs at

options or as

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the time of

specified by the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

introduction.

Exchange


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Quantity

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

20,000 units or quantity freeze

20,000 units or

the lesser of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


freeze

greater,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

shall be

greater

following:1%

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




after which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the lesser of the

of the

Exchange

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


follow-

marketwide

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

may at its

ing:1% of the

position

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


discretion

marketwide

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

limit stipulated

approve further position limit

for open

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


orders,

stipulated

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

positions on

on confirmation for open

options on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


by the

positions on the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

individual

member that

futures and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


securities or



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

304
the order

options on

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Notional value

is genuine.

individual

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of the contract



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

securities or

of around Rs.5

Notional value

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


crores

of the contract

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



of around Rs.5
crores

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Price bands

No day

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

operating

operating ranges and day


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


minimum/maxi

ranges are

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

minimum/maximum

mum

kept at + 20%

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


ranges for options contract are

price ranges

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



kept at 99% of the base price

applicable,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




however,
operating

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ranges
are kept at +
10%,after
which price
freeze would be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

removed on
confirmation
by the member
that the
order is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

genuine.


Price steps

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The price step

The price step

The price step

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The price step



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in respect

for

in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


for

of S&P CNX

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

futures

respect of S&P options

Nifty futures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


contracts is

CNX

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts is

contracts is

Re.0.05.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Nifty options

Re.0.05.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Re.0.05.



contracts

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

is Re.0.05.


Base Prices

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Base price of

the theoretical

Base price of the new options

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


S&P CNX

futures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

contracts would



305

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Nifty futures

price on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


be the theoretical value of the

contracts on

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

introduction

options contract

the first day of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


and the daily

arrived at based on Black-Scholes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

trading

settlement

model of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


would be

price of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

calculation of options premiums.The

theoretical

futures

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


futures

contracts on

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

base price of the contracts on subsequent

price. The base subse-

trading days, will be the daily close price

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


price of the

quent trading

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contracts on

days.

of the options contracts, which is the last

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


subsequent



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

trading days

half an hour`s weighted average price if

would be the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the contract is traded in the last half an

daily settlement
price of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


hour, or the last traded price (LTP) of the

futures
contracts.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


contract. If a contract is not traded during



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

a day on the next day the base price is

calculated as for a new contract.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Order type

Regular lot order; Stop loss order; Immediate or cancel; Good till

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



day/cancelled*/date; Spread order


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



*BSE also has the above derivatives as in NSE


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Settlement basis
1. Index Futures / Futures Mark to Market and final settlement on individual

securities be settled in cash on T+1 basis.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Index Options Premium settlement on T+1 Basis and Final Exercise settlement

on T+1 basis.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



306
3. Options on individual Premium settlement on T+1 basis and securities option

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Exercise settlement on T+2 basis.

Settlement price

1. S&P CNX Nifty Futures / Daily settlement price will be the closing Futures price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


on individual securities of the futures contracts for the trading day and the final

settlement price shall be the closing value of the underlying index/ security on the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

last trading day Index Options /options The settlement price shall be closing on

individual security price of underlying security What are the contract specifications

of the Interest rate Derivatives traded in National Stock Exchange.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Trading cycle

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The interest rate future contract shall be for a period of maturity of one year with

three months continuous contracts for the first three months and fixed quarterly

contracts for the entire year. New contracts will be introduced on the trading day

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


following the expiry of the near month contract.

Table-13: Derivatives Segment at BSE and NSE

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





307

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



RISKS INVOLVED IN TRADING IN DERIVATIVES CONTRACTS

Effect of "Leverage" or "Gearing"

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The amount of margin is small relative to the value of the derivatives contract so

the transactions are 'leveraged' or 'geared'.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Derivatives trading, which is conducted with a relatively small amount of margin,

provides the possibility of great profit or loss in comparison with the principal

investment amount. But transactions in derivatives carry a high degree of risk.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


You should therefore completely understand the following statements

before actually trading in derivatives trading and also trade with

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

caution while taking into account one's circumstances, financial

resources, etc. If the prices move against you, you may lose a part of

or whole margin equivalent to the principal investment amount in a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




308
relatively short period of time. Moreover, the loss may exceed the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


original margin amount.

A. Futures trading involve daily settlement of all positions. Every day the open

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

positions are marked to market based on the closing level of the index. If the

index has moved against you, you will be required to deposit the amount of

loss (notional) resulting from such movement. This margin will have to be paid

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


within a stipulated time frame, generally before commencement of trading next

day.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B. If you fail to deposit the additional margin by the deadline or if an outstanding

debt occurs in your account, the broker/member may liquidate a part of or the

whole position or substitute securities. In this case, you will be liable for any

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


losses incurred due to such close-outs.

C. Under certain market conditions, an investor may find it difficult or impossible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to execute transactions. For example, this situation can occur due to factors

such as illiquidity i.e. when there are insufficient bids or offers or suspension of

trading due to price limit or circuit breakers etc.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


D. In order to maintain market stability, the following steps may be adopted:

changes in the margin rate, increases in the cash margin rate or others. These

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

new measures may be applied to the existing open interests. In such conditions,

you will be required to put up additional margins or reduce your positions.

E. You must ask your broker to provide the full details of the derivatives contracts

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


you plan to trade i.e. the contract specifications and the associated obligations.

1) Risk-reducing orders or strategies

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The placing of certain orders (e.g., "stop-loss" orders, or "stop-limit" orders)

which are intended to limit losses to certain amounts may not be effective because


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


309
market conditions may make it impossible to execute such orders. Strategies

using combinations of positions, such as "spread" positions, may be as risky as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


taking simple "long" or "short" positions.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2) Suspension or restriction of trading and pricing relationships

Market conditions (e.g., illiquidity) and/or the operation of the rules of certain

markets (e.g., the suspension of trading in any contract or contact month because

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of price limits or "circuit breakers") may increase the risk of loss due to inability

to liquidate/offset positions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3) Deposited cash and property

You should familiarise yourself with the protections accorded to the money or

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


other property you deposit particularly in the event of a firm insolvency or

bankruptcy. The extent to which you may recover your money or property may

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

be governed by specific legislation or local rules. In some jurisdictions, property

which has been specifically identifiable as your own will be pro-rated in the same

manner as cash for purposes of distribution in the event of a shortfall. In case of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


any dispute with the member, the same shall be subject to arbitration as per the

byelaws/regulations of the Exchange.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

4) Risk of Option holders

1. An option holder runs the risk of losing the entire amount paid for the option in

a relatively short period of time. This risk reflects the nature of an option as a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


wasting asset which becomes worthless when it expires. An option holder who

neither sells his option in the secondary market nor exercises it prior to its

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



310
expiration will necessarily lose his entire investment in the option. If the price

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

of the underlying does not change in the anticipated direction before the option

expires to the extent sufficient to cover the cost of the option, the investor may

lose all or a significant part of his investment in the option.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2. The Exchange may impose exercise restrictions and have authority to restrict

the exercise of options at certain times in specified circumstances.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

5) Risks of Option Writers

1. If the price movement of the underlying is not in the anticipated direction the

option writer runs the risks of losing substantial amount.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2. The risk of being an option writer may be reduced by the purchase of other

options on the same underlying interest-and thereby assuming a spread

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

position-or by acquiring other types of hedging positions in the options markets

or other markets. However, even where the writer has assumed a spread or

other hedging position, the risks may still be significant. A spread position is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


not necessarily less risky than a simple 'long' or 'short' position.

3. Transactions that involve buying and writing multiple options in combination,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

or buying or writing options in combination with buying or selling short the

underlying interests, present additional risks to investors. Combination

transactions, such as option spreads, are more complex than buying or writing a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


single option. And it should be further noted that, as in any area of investing, a

complexity not well understood is, in itself, a risk factor. While this is not to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

suggest that combination strategies should not be considered, it is advisable, as

is the case with all investments in options, to consult with someone who is

experienced and knowledgeable with respect to the risks and potential rewards

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of combination transactions under various market circumstances.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

311




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



6) Commission and other charges

Before you begin to trade, you should obtain a clear explanation of all

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


commission, fees and other charges for which you will be liable. These charges

will affect your net profit (if any) or increase your loss.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7) Trading facilities

The Exchange offers electronic trading facilities which are computer-based

systems for order-routing, execution, matching, registration or clearing of trades.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


As with all facilities and systems, they are vulnerable to temporary disruption or

failure. Your ability to recover certain losses may be subject to limits on liability

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

imposed by the system provider, the market, the clearing house and/or member

firms. Such limits may vary; you should ask the firm with which you deal for

details in this respect.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


This document does not disclose all of the risks and other significant aspects

involved in trading on a derivatives market. The constituent should therefore study

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

derivatives trading carefully before becoming involved in it.

Trading Mechanism

The derivatives trading system, called NEAT-F&O trading system, provides a fully

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


automated screen based trading for derivatives on a nationwide basis. It supports an

anonymous order driven market which operates on a strict price/time priority. It

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

provides tremendous flexibility to users in terms of kinds of orders that can be

placed on the system. Various time/price related conditions like, Goodtill- Day,

Good-till-Cancelled, Good-till-Date, Immediate or Cancel, Limit/Market Price,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



312
Stop Loss, etc. can be built into an order. It is similar to that of trading of securities

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

in the CM segment.

The NEAT-F&O trading system is accessed by two types of users. The trading user

has access to functions such as, order entry, order matching, order and trade

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


management. The clearing user uses the trader workstation for the purpose of

monitoring the trading member(s) for whom he clears the trades. Additionally, he

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

can enter and set limits to positions, which a trading member can take.


A FEW BASIC STRATEGIES
A. Assumption: Bullish on the market over the short term Possible Action by you:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Buy Nifty calls

Example:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Current Nifty is 1880. You buy one contract of Nifty near month calls for Rs.20

each. The strike price is 1900, i.e. 1.06% out of the money. The premium paid by

you will be (Rs.20 * 200) Rs.4000.Given these, your break-even level Nifty is 1920

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(1900+20). If at expiration Nifty advances by 5%, i.e. 1974, then Nifty expiration

level 1974.00 Less Strike Price 1900.00 Option value 74.00 (1974-1900)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Less Purchase price 20.00

Profit per Nifty 54.00

Profit on the contract Rs.10800 (Rs. 54* 200)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Note :

1) If Nifty is at or below 1900 at expiration, the call holder would not find it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

profitable to exercise the option and would loose the entire premium, i.e. Rs.4000 in

this example. If at expiration, Nifty is between 1900 (the strike price) and 1920


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


313
(breakeven), the holder could exercise the calls and receive the amount by which

the index level exceeds the strike price. This would offset some of the cost.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2) The holder, depending on the market condition and his perception, may sell the

call even before expiry.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



B. Assumption: Bearish on the market over the short term Possible Action by you:
Buy Nifty puts
Example:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Nifty in the cash market is 1880. You buy one contract of Nifty near month puts for

Rs.17 each. The strike price is 1840, i.e. 2.12% out of the money. The premium

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

paid by you will be Rs.3400 (17*200). Given these, your break-even level Nifty is

1823 (i.e. strike price less the premium). If at expiration Nifty declines by 5%,

i.e.1786, then

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Put Strike Price 1840

Nifty expiration level 1786

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Option value 54 (1840-1786)

Less Purchase price 17

Profit per Nifty 37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Profit on the contract Rs.7400 (Rs.37* 200)

Note :

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1) If Nifty is at or above the strike price 1840 at expiration, the put holder would not

find it profitable to exercise the option and would loose the entire premium, i.e.

Rs.3400 in this example. If at expiration, Nifty is between 1840 (the strike price)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




314
and 1823 (breakeven), the holder could exercise the puts and receive the amount by

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


which the strike price exceeds the index level. This would offset some of the cost.

2) The holder, depending on the market condition and his perception, may sell the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

put even before expiry.

Use Put as a portfolio Hedge:

Assumption: You are concerned about a downturn in the short term market and its

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


effect on your portfolio.

The portfolio has performed well and you expect to continue appreciate over the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

long term but like to protect existing profits or prevent further losses.

Possible Action: Buy Nifty puts.

Example:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


You held a portfolio with say, a single stock, HLL valued at Rs.10 Lakhs (@

Rs.200 each share). Beta of HLL is 1.13. Current Nifty is at 1880. Nifty near month

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

puts of strike price 1870 is trading at Rs.15. To hedge, you bought 3 puts

600{Nifties, equivalent to Rs.10 lakhs*1.13 (Beta of HLL) or Rs.1130000}. The

premium paid by you is Rs.9000, (i.e.600 15). If at expiration Nifty declines to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1800, and Hindustan Lever falls to Rs.195, then

Put Strike Price 1870

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Nifty expiration level 1800

Option value 70 (1870-1800)

Less Purchase price 15

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Profit per Nifty 55

Profit on the contract Rs.33000 (Rs.55* 600)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Loss on Hindustan Lever Rs.25000



315

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Net profit Rs. 8000



A list of some abbreviations used above:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


AD: Authorised Dealer

ADR: American Depository Receipt

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

BIS: Bank for International Settlements

BSE: Bombay Stock Exchange Ltd.

CCIL: Clearing Corporation of India Ltd.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


CM: Clearing Member

EUR: Euro

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

F&O: Futures and Options

FII: Foreign Institutional (portfolio) Investor

FMC: Forward Markets Commission (set up under the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public

Distribution, Government of India)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FRA: Forward Rate Agreement

GBP: Pound

GDR: Global Depository Receipt

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


INR: Indian National Rupee

IRS: Interest rate swap

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

JPY: Yen

MF: Mutual Fund

MTM: Mark to Market Margin

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


NRI: Non-Resident Indian

NSCCL: National Securities Clearing Corporation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(a wholly owned subsidiary of NSE)


316
NSE: National Stock Exchange of India Ltd.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


OIS: Overnight Index Swap

OTC: Over-the-counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RBI: Reserve Bank of India

SEBI: Securities and Exchange Board of India

TM: Trading Member

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


USD: US Dollar

VaR: Value at Risk

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Questions- Derivatives Market in India::

1. Explain the L.C.Gupta Committee recommendations
2. What are the LC Gupta Committee recommendations for investor protection

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Discuss the Business growth of futures and options market.
4. Explain about the derivatives trading available in India.
5. What do you mean by Volatility of Stock Markets?
6. Discuss about the investment of FIIs in Derivatives in India.
7. Explain the types of option and its Trading.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

8. Explain the types of Futures and its Trading.
9. What are the factors that affect the price of an option?
10. What are the Benefits of trading in Futures and Options?
11. Explain about Index Futures and Index Option Contracts.
12. What are the advantages of trading in Index Futures?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain about the Membership categories in the Derivatives Market?
14. Explain the Financial Requirement for Derivatives Membership.
15. Explain the Networth requirement for various type of membership.
16. Explain the Eligibility criteria for stocks on which derivatives trading may be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

permitted.

17. Explain the Margining system in the derivative markets.
18. Explain in detail about the position limits.
19. What are the risks involved in trading in derivatives market?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

317